Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

for+the+good+of+one's+(own)+soul

Толкование Перевод

41 gehen

I v/i; geht, ging, ist gegangen

1. ( zu Fuß) gehen walk, go (on foot, Am. auch by foot); spazieren gehen go for a walk; aufrecht / gebückt gehen walk upright / with a stoop; am Stock gehen walk with a stick (Am. cane); im Schritt / Trab gehen Pferd: walk / trot; wo ich gehe und stehe sehe ich... wherever I go...

2. mit Richtung: gehen in (+ Akk) go into, enter; auf / über die Straße gehen go out into / cross the street; mit jemandem zum Bahnhof etc. gehen see s.o. ( oder go with s.o.) to the station etc.; er geht nie aus dem Haus he never leaves ( oder goes out of) the house; Licht, Seite, Weg etc.

3. (sich irgendwohin begeben) go; schwimmen etc. gehen go swimming etc.; jemanden suchen gehen (go and) look for s.o.; ins oder zu Bett gehen go to bed; ins Ausland / Kino etc. gehen go abroad / to the cinema (Am. to a movie) etc.; aufs Dach gehen go up on the roof; in Deckung gehen take cover; ins Wasser gehen go into the water; auf Reisen gehen go travel(l)ing; unter Menschen gehen mix with people; an / von Bord gehen go on board / leave the ship, plane etc., embark / disembark; zu jemandem gehen (sich hinzugesellen) join s.o.; mit einer Frage etc.: go up to s.o.; (besuchen) go and see s.o.; seit wann bist du unter die Alkoholiker / Sportler gegangen? umg., hum. since when have you been an alcoholic / a sports enthusiast?

4. beruflich etc.: als Putzfrau etc. gehen work as a cleaner; in die Fabrik etc. gehen (dort anfangen) start at the factory etc.; (dort arbeiten) go (in)to the factory; zur Schule / aufs Gymnasium etc. gehen go to school / grammar (Am. high) school; sie geht noch nicht in die oder zur Schule she doesn’t go to ( oder she’s not at, Am. in) school yet; in die Politik / zum Film etc. gehen go into politics / films (Am. motion pictures); zu den oder unter die Soldaten gehen join the army; ins Kloster gehen become a nun; in oder auf Urlaub gehen go on holiday (Am. vacation); in Rente gehen retire

5. umg. (sich kleiden): als Clown etc. gehen im Karneval: go as a clown etc.; in Zivil gehen Soldat: wear civilian clothes; Polizist: wear plainclothes; ganz in Weiß etc. gehen wear white etc., be all in white etc.; sie geht heute im Kleid / mit Hut she’s wearing a dress / hat today; so kannst du nicht gehen! you can’t go (looking) like that!

6. (beginnen): an die Arbeit etc. gehen get down to work etc.; auch unpers.: wenn’s ans Aufräumen / Trinken geht when it comes to clearing up / drinking

7. fig.: an etw. (Akk) gehen umg. ohne Erlaubnis: touch s.th.; Geldbeutel, Handtasche go into s.th.; (nehmen) take s.th.; die Kinder waren mir an das Geld / den Kuchen gegangen the kids had been at (Am. into) my money / cake; geh mir ja nicht an meine Sachen umg. don’t you (dare) touch ( oder interfere with) my things; sie sind auseinander gegangen (haben sich getrennt) they’ve split up; in sich gehen do a bit of soul-searching; mit jemandem gehen umg. (fest befreundet sein) go steady with s.o.

8. (weggehen, auch aus Stellung etc.) go, leave; gehst du schon? are you going already?; jetzt geh schon! ermunternd: go on then; antreibend: get going then; jemanden lieber gehen als kommen sehen be glad to see the back of s.o.; er ist von uns gegangen euph. (ist tot) he has passed away; jemanden gehen lassen let s.o. go; ungestraft: let s.o. off; gehen lassen umg., fig. (Seil etc.) (loslassen) let go; (jemanden, etw.) (in Ruhe lassen) leave alone; sich gehen lassen fig. unmanierlich: let o.s. go; (die Beherrschung verlieren) lose one’s temper; er ist gegangen worden umg., hum. he was sacked (bes. Am. fired); geh! bes. südd., österr., erstaunt: really?; ach, geh oder geh, geh! umg. come on!, go on!; geh mir doch mit deinen faulen Ausreden / dem blöden Kerl ( vom Leib)! umg., fig. I don’t want to hear any of your excuses / see the stupid man; geh mir ( bloß) mit Mallorca! you can keep ( oder I’ve had enough of) your wretched Majorca!

9. Zug etc.: (abfahren) go ( nach to), leave ( oder depart) (for); (verkehren) go, run; wann geht der nächste Zug nach Rom? when does the next train for Rome leave ( oder depart)?; der nächste Bus geht erst in zwei Stunden there isn’t another bus for two hours; hier geht alle zehn Minuten ein Bus there’s a bus every ten minutes here; siehe auch 13

10. allg. Bewegung: ging da nicht gerade eine Tür? wasn’t that a door I heard (going)?; die Schublade geht so schwer the drawer is so difficult to open ( oder shut), the drawer sticks; draußen geht ein kalter Wind there’s a cold wind blowing outside

11. mit Ziel: der Ball ging ins Tor the ball went in; sie ging als Erste durchs Ziel she was the first to cross the finishing line; der Schuss ging mitten ins Herz the shot went clean through the heart; das Foto ging von Hand zu Hand the photo was passed from hand to hand

12. fig.: es geht das Gerücht, dass... there’s a rumo(u)r going around that...; das Erbe ging an ihn the inheritance went to him; das geht auf mich (zahle ich) that’s on me; das geht auf die Leber etc. it’s bad for your liver etc., it takes its toll on your liver etc.; es geht auf oder gegen Mitternacht it’s nearly midnight; sie geht auf die 60 she’s nearly 60; seine Kritik ging dahin, dass... his criticism was to the effect that..., what his criticism boiled down to was that...; ein Aufschrei ging durch die Menge a cry went up from the crowd; der Skandal ging durch die Presse the scandal was in all the papers; das geht gegen mein Gewissen it goes against my conscience; was ich jetzt sage, geht nicht gegen dich is not aimed at you; gehen nach (sich richten nach) go by; nach dem Aussehen kann man nicht gehen you can’t go ( oder judge) by appearances; wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way; es kann nicht immer alles nach deinem Kopf gehen you can’t get your own way all of the time; was geht hier vor sich? what’s going on here?; wie ist das vor sich gegangen? what happened?

13. Mauer, Weg etc.: go, lead to; Treppe: lead (down / up) to; Leitung etc.: lead; Fenster: face, look out on; Tür: open; gehen durch go ( oder pass) through; wohin geht dieser Weg? where does this path go ( oder lead to)?; wohin geht die Reise? where are you etc. off to?; der Zaun geht bis zum Fluss / um das ganze Grundstück goes as far as the river / around the whole property; das Fenster geht auf die Straße / nach Norden looks out onto the street / faces ( oder looks) north; die Brücke geht über eine Schlucht spans ( oder goes over) a ravine; der Zug, die Strecke geht über Ulm nach Stuttgart goes to Stuttgart via Ulm; zum Zoo geht es die nächste Straße rechts for the zoo, take the next (street on the) right; an der Ampel geht es ( nach) links go left at the lights

14. zur Angabe von Mengen, Grenzen: das Wasser / er geht mir bis ans oder zum Kinn the water / he comes up to my chin; der Rock geht über die Knie the skirt comes to below the knee; eine tief gehende Wunde a deep wound; tief gehender Schmerz deep grief; es gehen 200 Personen in den Saal the hall holds ( oder seats) two hundred people; wie oft geht fünf in neunzig? how many times does five go into ninety?; der Schrank geht nicht durch die Tür the cupboard won’t go through the door; auf einen Zentner gehen 50 Kilogramm 50 kilogram(me)s make a (metric) hundredweight

15. (erreichen) der Schaden geht in die Millionen runs into millions; die Kämpfe gehen in den vierten Tag fighting has entered its fourth day; das Spiel geht in die Verlängerung the game is going into extra time (Am. overtime)

16. (dauern) last; wie lange geht die Sitzung schon / noch? how long has the meeting been going on ( oder been under way) / how much longer is the meeting going to take?; die Ferien gehen vom 10. bis 24. Mai the holidays are ( oder run) from the 10th to the 24th of May (Am. May 10th to 24th); das geht nun schon seit Jahren so that’s been going on for years

17. (übertreffen, übersteigen): das geht über meinen Verstand / meine Kräfte / meine finanziellen Möglichkeiten it’s beyond my understanding / strength / financial capabilities, it’s more than I can grasp / manage / afford; es geht doch nichts über... there’s nothing like...; das / sie geht ihm über alles it / she means everything to him

18. fig.: wie hoch kannst / willst du gehen? beim Kaufen: how much can you afford? / do you want to spend?; beim Wetten, Pokern etc.: how high can you / do you want to go?; das geht zu weit! that’s going too far!; jetzt bist du zu weit gegangen now you’ve gone too far; er ging so weit zu sagen... he went so far as to say...; das ging so weit, dass... it got to the point where..., things went so far that...

19.

a) (in Betrieb sein) Staubsauger, Radio etc.: be on;

b) (klingeln) Klingel, Telefon: ring, go; um 6 Uhr ging mein Wecker my alarm went off at 6 o’clock; das Telefon geht schon den ganzen Tag the phone has been ringing all day;

c) Puls: beat; ihr Puls geht zu schnell / nicht mehr her pulse is too rapid / has stopped

20. (funktionieren) go, work; die Uhr geht nicht has stopped; (ist kaputt) is broken; meine Uhr geht falsch / richtig my watch is wrong / right; keine Angst, das geht ganz leicht don’t worry, it’s quite easy; das Gedicht, Lied geht so goes like this; wie geht das Lied gleich wieder? umg. how does the song go again?; wie soll denn das gehen? (verstehe ich nicht) how do you do it?; (glaube ich nicht) how do you say you do it?

21. (möglich sein) be possible; (gut sein) be all right; geht (es) Mittwoch? is Wednesday OK ( oder all right)?; Mittwoch geht gut Wednesday is fine

22. unpers.; (erlaubt sein) be allowed; ich hätte morgen gern das Auto, geht das? is that OK?; so geht das ( aber) nicht! that won’t do at all!

23. umg. (ausreichen, akzeptabel sein) do; der Mantel muss den Winter noch gehen the coat will have to do for ( oder last) this winter; geht das jetzt so? will it do?, is it all right like that?; der Hunger ging ja noch, aber der Durst ( war nicht auszuhalten)! the hunger we could take, but the thirst (was unbearable)!

24. Entwicklung, Verlauf: gut gehen go well, turn out all right; Geschäfte: do well, go well; schief gehen go wrong; wie gehen die Geschäfte? how’s business?; gut / schlecht gehend Geschäft etc.: flourishing ( oder thriving) / ailing; das konnte nicht gut gehen it was bound to go wrong; das kann ja nicht gut gehen! umg. there’s no way it’s going to work; wenn das nur gut geht! well, let’s just hope for the best; das ist noch einmal gut gegangen that was close ( oder a close thing, Am. a close call), talk about lucky umg.; so geht es, wenn man nicht aufpasst etc.: that’s what comes of (+ Ger.) abwärts, aufwärts, vorwärts

25. Ware: sell ( gut well), go (well); die Stiefel gehen überhaupt nicht nobody’s buying ( oder interested in) the boots, the boots aren’t selling at all

26. unpers.; Befinden: wie geht es Ihnen oder dir? how are you?; zu einem Kranken: how are you feeling?; wie geht’s(, wie steht’s)? umg. how are things?, how’s life (with you)?, how’s life treating you?; mir geht’s gut / schlecht I’m fine / not well; geschäftlich etc.: I’m doing fine / badly; es geht (so) umg. not too bad(ly), (it) could be worse; es sich (Dat) gut gehen lassen have a good time, enjoy o.s.; sonst geht’s dir ( aber schon) gut? iro. are you sure you’re feeling all right?; ihm ist es ( auch) nicht besser gegangen he didn’t do ( oder fare) any better; mir ist es genauso gegangen it was the same for me, same here umg.; wie geht es dir mit diesem Film? what do you think ( oder how do you feel) about this film (Am. auch movie)?; mir geht es genauso I feel exactly the same way, same here umg.; jetzt geht es ihm ans Leben oder an den Kragen etc. umg. he’s really in for it now

27. unpers.; (möglich sein): es geht nicht it can’t be done, it’s impossible, nothing doing umg., no way umg.; es wird schon gehen it’ll be all right; es geht auch so / allein (ohne das/dich) we etc. can manage without it/you; es geht ( eben) nicht anders it can’t be helped(, I’m afraid)

28. unpers.; fig.: es geht um Thema: it’s about; worum geht es in dem Film / bei dem Streit? what’s the film (Am. auch movie)/ quarrel about?; es geht hier um... we’re talking about ( oder looking at)...; worum geht es? (was willst du von mir) what’s the problem?; es geht um den Frieden etc.: peace etc. is at stake; es geht darum zu (+ Inf.) it’s a question ( oder matter) of (+ Ger.) darum geht es hier ( gar) nicht that’s not the point;

d) persönliches Interesse: worum geht es dir eigentlich? what are you really after?; es geht ihm nur ums Geld he’s just interested in the money; mir geht es nicht ums Geld, sondern um... I’m not interested in the money, but...; um das Geld geht’s mir ja gar nicht I’m not the least bit interested in ( oder don’t care about) the money

29. Teig: rise; den Teig gehen lassen let the dough rise

30. als Funktionsverb: zu Bruch oder in die Brüche gehen break, get broken; in Druck gehen go to press; in Erfüllung gehen be fulfilled ( oder realized); in Produktion gehen go into production; offline, online, verloren, vonstatten etc.

II v/t: einen Umweg gehen make a detour; wir gingen die Strecke Altdorf - Neustadt in drei Stunden we walked from Altdorf to Neustadt in three hours; Gang1 3, Weg

III v/refl unpers.: in diesen Schuhen geht es sich gut these shoes are good for walking, these are good walking shoes; auf dem steinigen Boden ging es sich etwas mühsam the going was fairly laborious over the stony ground

* * *

to march; to step; to go; to walk

* * *
Ge|hen
nt -s, no pl
(= Zu-Fuß-Gehen) walking; (= Abschied) leaving; (SPORT) (= Disziplin) walking; (= Wettbewerb) walk
* * *

1) (to walk, travel, move etc: He is going across the field; Go straight ahead; When did he go out?) go

2) (to be sent, passed on etc: Complaints have to go through the proper channels.) go

3) (to visit, to attend: He goes to school every day; I decided not to go to the movie.) go

4) (to move away: I think it is time you were going.) go

5) (to be working etc: I don't think that clock is going.) go

6) (to be acceptable etc: Anything goes in this office.) go

7) (to have a particular tune etc: How does that song go?) go

8) (an act of leaving, moving away etc: the comings and goings of the people in the street.) going

9) (to go: I think I'll go along to that meeting.) go along

10) ((of people or animals) to (cause to) move on foot at a pace slower than running, never having both or all the feet off the ground at once: He walked across the room and sat down; How long will it take to walk to the station?; She walks her dog in the park every morning.) walk

* * *

Ge·hen

<-s>

[ˈge:ən]

nt kein pl

1. (Zu-Fuß-Gehen) walking

2. (das Weggehen) going, leaving

schon im \Gehen, wandte sie sich noch einmal um she turned round once more as she left

sein frühes/vorzeitiges \Gehen his early departure

3. SPORT race walking

* * *

das; Gehens

1) walking

er hat Schmerzen beim Gehen — it hurts him to walk

2) (Leichtathletik) walking

der Sieger im 50-km-Gehen — the winner of the 50 km walk

* * *

gehen

A. v/i; geht, ging, ist gegangen

1.

(zu Fuß) gehen walk, go (on foot, US auch by foot);

spazieren gehen go for a walk;

aufrecht/gebückt gehen walk upright/with a stoop;

am Stock gehen walk with a stick (US cane);

im Schritt/Trab gehen Pferd: walk/trot;

wo ich gehe und stehe sehe ich … wherever I go …

2. mit Richtung:

gehen in (+akk) go into, enter;

auf/über die Straße gehen go out into/cross the street;

mit jemandem zum Bahnhof etc

gehen see sb ( oder go with sb) to the station etc;

er geht nie aus dem Haus he never leaves ( oder goes out of) the house; → Licht, Seite, Weg etc

3. (sich irgendwohin begeben) go;

schwimmen etc

gehen go swimming etc;

jemanden suchen gehen (go and) look for sb;

ins oder

zu Bett gehen go to bed;

ins Ausland/Kino etc

gehen go abroad/to the cinema (US to a movie) etc;

aufs Dach gehen go up on the roof;

in Deckung gehen take cover;

ins Wasser gehen go into the water;

auf Reisen gehen go travel(l)ing;

unter Menschen gehen mix with people;

an/von Bord gehen go on board/leave the ship, plane etc, embark/disembark;

zu jemandem gehen (sich hinzugesellen) join sb; mit einer Frage etc: go up to sb; (besuchen) go and see sb;

seit wann bist du unter die Alkoholiker/Sportler gegangen? umg, hum since when have you been an alcoholic/a sports enthusiast?

4. beruflich etc:

als Putzfrau etc

gehen work as a cleaner;

in die Fabrik etc

gehen (dort anfangen) start at the factory etc; (dort arbeiten) go (in)to the factory;

zur Schule/aufs Gymnasium etc

gehen go to school/grammar (US high) school;

sie geht noch nicht in die oder

zur Schule she doesn’t go to ( oder she’s not at, US in) school yet;

in die Politik/zum Film etc

gehen go into politics/films (US motion pictures);

zu den oder

unter die Soldaten gehen join the army;

ins Kloster gehen become a nun;

in oder

auf Urlaub gehen go on holiday (US vacation);

in Rente gehen retire

5. umg (sich kleiden):

als Clown etc

gehen im Karneval: go as a clown etc;

in Zivil gehen Soldat: wear civilian clothes; Polizist: wear plainclothes;

ganz in Weiß etc

gehen wear white etc, be all in white etc;

sie geht heute im Kleid/mit Hut she’s wearing a dress/hat today;

so kannst du nicht gehen! you can’t go (looking) like that!

6. (beginnen):

an die Arbeit etc

gehen get down to work etc; auch unpers:

wenn’s ans Aufräumen/Trinken geht when it comes to clearing up/drinking

7. fig:

an etwas (akk)

gehen umg ohne Erlaubnis: touch sth; Geldbeutel, Handtasche go into sth; (nehmen) take sth;

die Kinder waren mir an das Geld/den Kuchen gegangen the kids had been at (US into) my money/cake;

geh mir ja nicht an meine Sachen umg don’t you (dare) touch ( oder interfere with) my things;

sie sind auseinandergegangen (haben sich getrennt) they’ve split up;

in sich gehen do a bit of soul-searching;

mit jemandem gehen umg (fest befreundet sein) go steady with sb

8. (weggehen, auch aus Stellung etc) go, leave;

gehst du schon? are you going already?;

jetzt geh schon! ermunternd: go on then; antreibend: get going then;

jemanden lieber gehen als kommen sehen be glad to see the back of sb;

er ist von uns gegangen euph (ist tot) he has passed away;

jemanden gehen lassen let sb go; ungestraft: let sb off;

gehen lassen umg, fig (Seil etc) (loslassen) let go; (jemanden, etwas) (in Ruhe lassen) leave alone;

sich gehen lassen fig unmanierlich: let o.s. go; (die Beherrschung verlieren) lose one’s temper;

er ist gegangen worden umg, hum he was sacked (besonders US fired);

geh! besonders südd, österr, erstaunt: really?;

ach, geh oder

geh, geh! umg come on!, go on!;

geh mir doch mit deinen faulen Ausreden/dem blöden Kerl (vom Leib)! umg, fig I don’t want to hear any of your excuses/see the stupid man;

geh mir (bloß) mit Mallorca! you can keep ( oder I’ve had enough of) your wretched Majorca!

9. Zug etc: (abfahren) go (

nach to), leave ( oder depart) (for); (verkehren) go, run;

wann geht der nächste Zug nach Rom? when does the next train for Rome leave ( oder depart)?;

der nächste Bus geht erst in zwei Stunden there isn’t another bus for two hours;

hier geht alle zehn Minuten ein Bus there’s a bus every ten minutes here; → auch 13

10. allg Bewegung:

ging da nicht gerade eine Tür? wasn’t that a door I heard (going)?;

die Schublade geht so schwer the drawer is so difficult to open ( oder shut), the drawer sticks;

draußen geht ein kalter Wind there’s a cold wind blowing outside

11. mit Ziel:

der Ball ging ins Tor the ball went in;

sie ging als Erste durchs Ziel she was the first to cross the finishing line;

der Schuss ging mitten ins Herz the shot went clean through the heart;

das Foto ging von Hand zu Hand the photo was passed from hand to hand

12. fig:

es geht das Gerücht, dass … there’s a rumo(u)r going around that …;

das Erbe ging an ihn the inheritance went to him;

das geht auf mich (zahle ich) that’s on me;

das geht auf die Leber etc it’s bad for your liver etc, it takes its toll on your liver etc;

es geht auf oder

gegen Mitternacht it’s nearly midnight;

sie geht auf die 60 she’s nearly 60;

seine Kritik ging dahin, dass … his criticism was to the effect that …, what his criticism boiled down to was that …;

ein Aufschrei ging durch die Menge a cry went up from the crowd;

der Skandal ging durch die Presse the scandal was in all the papers;

das geht gegen mein Gewissen it goes against my conscience; was ich jetzt sage,

geht nicht gegen dich is not aimed at you;

gehen nach (sich richten nach) go by;

nach dem Aussehen kann man nicht gehen you can’t go ( oder judge) by appearances;

wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way;

es kann nicht immer alles nach deinem Kopf gehen you can’t get your own way all of the time;

was geht hier vor sich? what’s going on here?;

wie ist das vor sich gegangen? what happened?

13. Mauer, Weg etc: go, lead to; Treppe: lead (down/up) to; Leitung etc: lead; Fenster: face, look out on; Tür: open;

gehen durch go ( oder pass) through;

wohin geht dieser Weg? where does this path go ( oder lead to)?;

wohin geht die Reise? where are you etc off to?;

der Zaun

geht bis zum Fluss/um das ganze Grundstück goes as far as the river/around the whole property;

das Fenster

geht auf die Straße/nach Norden looks out onto the street/faces ( oder looks) north;

die Brücke

geht über eine Schlucht spans ( oder goes over) a ravine;

der Zug, die Strecke

geht über Ulm nach Stuttgart goes to Stuttgart via Ulm;

zum Zoo geht es die nächste Straße rechts for the zoo, take the next (street on the) right;

an der Ampel geht es (nach) links go left at the lights

14. zur Angabe von Mengen, Grenzen:

das Wasser/er geht mir bis ans oder

zum Kinn the water/he comes up to my chin;

der Rock geht über die Knie the skirt comes to below the knee;

eine tief gehende Wunde a deep wound;

tief gehender Schmerz deep grief;

es gehen 200 Personen in den Saal the hall holds ( oder seats) two hundred people;

wie oft geht fünf in neunzig? how many times does five go into ninety?;

der Schrank geht nicht durch die Tür the cupboard won’t go through the door;

auf einen Zentner gehen 50 Kilogramm 50 kilogram(me)s make a (metric) hundredweight

15. (erreichen) der Schaden

geht in die Millionen runs into millions;

die Kämpfe gehen in den vierten Tag fighting has entered its fourth day;

das Spiel geht in die Verlängerung the game is going into extra time (US overtime)

16. (dauern) last;

wie lange geht die Sitzung schon/noch? how long has the meeting been going on ( oder been under way)/how much longer is the meeting going to take?;

die Ferien gehen vom 10. bis 24. Mai the holidays are ( oder run) from the 10^th to the 24^th of May (US May 10^th to 24^th);

das geht nun schon seit Jahren so that’s been going on for years

17. (übertreffen, übersteigen):

das geht über meinen Verstand/meine Kräfte/meine finanziellen Möglichkeiten it’s beyond my understanding/strength/financial capabilities, it’s more than I can grasp/manage/afford;

es geht doch nichts über … there’s nothing like …;

das/sie geht ihm über alles it/she means everything to him

18. fig:

wie hoch kannst/willst du gehen? beim Kaufen: how much can you afford?/do you want to spend?; beim Wetten, Pokern etc: how high can you/do you want to go?;

das geht zu weit! that’s going too far!;

jetzt bist du zu weit gegangen now you’ve gone too far;

er ging so weit zu sagen … he went so far as to say …;

das ging so weit, dass … it got to the point where …, things went so far that …

19. (in Betrieb sein) Staubsauger, Radio etc: be on; (klingeln) Klingel, Telefon: ring, go;

um 6 Uhr ging mein Wecker my alarm went off at 6 o’clock;

das Telefon geht schon den ganzen Tag the phone has been ringing all day; Puls: beat;

ihr Puls geht zu schnell/nicht mehr her pulse is too rapid/has stopped

20. (funktionieren) go, work;

die Uhr

geht nicht has stopped; (ist kaputt) is broken;

meine Uhr geht falsch/richtig my watch is wrong/right;

keine Angst, das geht ganz leicht don’t worry, it’s quite easy;

das Gedicht, Lied

geht so goes like this;

wie geht das Lied gleich wieder? umg how does the song go again?;

wie soll denn das gehen? (verstehe ich nicht) how do you do it?; (glaube ich nicht) how do you say you do it?

21. (möglich sein) be possible; (gut sein) be all right;

geht (es) Mittwoch? is Wednesday OK ( oder all right)?;

Mittwoch geht gut Wednesday is fine

22. unpers; (erlaubt sein) be allowed; ich hätte morgen gern das Auto,

geht das? is that OK?;

so geht das (aber) nicht! that won’t do at all!

23. umg (ausreichen, akzeptabel sein) do;

der Mantel muss den Winter noch gehen the coat will have to do for ( oder last) this winter;

geht das jetzt so? will it do?, is it all right like that?;

der Hunger ging ja noch, aber der Durst (war nicht auszuhalten)! the hunger we could take, but the thirst (was unbearable)!

24. Entwicklung, Verlauf:

gut gehen go well, turn out all right; Geschäfte: do well, go well;

wie gehen die Geschäfte? how’s business?;

gut/schlecht gehend Geschäft etc: flourishing ( oder thriving)/ailing;

das konnte nicht gut gehen it was bound to go wrong;

das kann ja nicht gut gehen! umg there’s no way it’s going to work;

wenn das nur gut geht! well, let’s just hope for the best;

das ist noch einmal gut gegangen that was close ( oder a close thing, US a close call), talk about lucky umg;

so geht es, wenn man nicht aufpasst etc: that’s what comes of (+ger); → schiefgehen

25. Ware: sell (

gut well), go (well);

die Stiefel gehen überhaupt nicht nobody’s buying ( oder interested in) the boots, the boots aren’t selling at all

26. unpers; Befinden:

wie geht es Ihnen oder

dir? how are you?; zu einem Kranken: how are you feeling?;

wie geht’s(, wie steht’s)? umg how are things?, how’s life (with you)?, how’s life treating you?;

mir geht’s gut/schlecht I’m fine/not well; geschäftlich etc: I’m doing fine/badly;

es geht (so) umg not too bad(ly), (it) could be worse;

es sich (dat)

gut gehen lassen have a good time, enjoy o.s.;

sonst geht’s dir( aber schon) gut? iron are you sure you’re feeling all right?;

ihm ist es (auch) nicht besser gegangen he didn’t do ( oder fare) any better;

mir ist es genauso gegangen it was the same for me, same here umg;

wie geht es dir mit diesem Film? what do you think ( oder how do you feel) about this film (US auch movie)?;

mir geht es genauso I feel exactly the same way, same here umg;

jetzt geht es ihm ans Leben oder

an den Kragen etc umg he’s really in for it now

27. unpers; (möglich sein):

es geht nicht it can’t be done, it’s impossible, nothing doing umg, no way umg;

es wird schon gehen it’ll be all right;

es geht auch so/allein (ohne das/dich) we etc can manage without it/you;

es geht (eben) nicht anders it can’t be helped(, I’m afraid)

28. unpers; fig:

es geht um Thema: it’s about;

worum geht es in dem Film/bei dem Streit? what’s the film (US auch movie)/quarrel about?;

es geht hier um … we’re talking about ( oder looking at) …;

worum geht es? (was willst du von mir) what’s the problem?;

es geht um den Frieden etc: peace etc is at stake;

es geht darum zu (+inf) it’s a question ( oder matter) of (+ger)

darum geht es hier (gar) nicht that’s not the point; persönliches Interesse:

worum geht es dir eigentlich? what are you really after?;

es geht ihm nur ums Geld he’s just interested in the money;

mir geht es nicht ums Geld, sondern um … I’m not interested in the money, but …;

um das Geld geht’s mir ja gar nicht I’m not the least bit interested in ( oder don’t care about) the money

29. Teig: rise;

den Teig gehen lassen let the dough rise

30. als Funktionsverb:

zu Bruch oder

in die Brüche gehen break, get broken;

in Druck gehen go to press;

in Erfüllung gehen be fulfilled ( oder realized);

in Produktion gehen go into production; → offline, online, verloren, vonstattengehen etc

B. v/t:

einen Umweg gehen make a detour;

wir gingen die Strecke Altdorf - Neustadt in drei Stunden we walked from Altdorf to Neustadt in three hours; → Gang¹ 3, Weg

C. v/r unpers:

in diesen Schuhen geht es sich gut these shoes are good for walking, these are good walking shoes;

auf dem steinigen Boden ging es sich etwas mühsam the going was fairly laborious over the stony ground

* * *

das; Gehens

1) walking

er hat Schmerzen beim Gehen — it hurts him to walk

2) (Leichtathletik) walking

der Sieger im 50-km-Gehen — the winner of the 50 km walk

* * *

nur sing. n.

going n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > gehen
42 treu

I Adj. (beständig, anhänglich) faithful (+ Dat to); (treu gesinnt) loyal (to); (ergeben) devoted (to); Kunde etc.: loyal, long-standing; Blick: innocent, guileless, trusting; treuer Freund loyal ( oder faithful oder true) friend; treue Augen einer Person: honest eyes; eines Hundes: (big,) faithful ( oder trusting) eyes; nicht treu sein Partner: be unfaithful; er war nicht immer treu he wasn’t always faithful; jemandem treu bleiben be faithful to s.o.; eine treue Seele umg. a good ( oder decent) soul; sich (Dat)/ seinen Grundsätzen treu bleiben remain true to o.s. / one’s principles; seinem Entschluss treu bleiben stick to ( oder by) one’s decision; sich (Dat) immer selbst treu geblieben sein have always been one’s own person, have always stuck to one’s principles; der Erfolg ist ihm treu geblieben success did not desert him, he enjoyed continued success; zu treuen Händen übergeben hand s.o. (oder s.th.) over for safekeeping, leave s.o. (oder s.th.) in good hands; für treue Dienste for loyal ( oder faithful) service

II Adv. faithfully etc.; treu ergeben loyal, devoted (+ Dat to); jemandem treu ergeben sein be (utterly) devoted to s.o.; treu sorgend devoted; treu und brav umg. faithfully; er hat seiner Firma treu gedient he served his company well ( oder wholeheartedly)

* * *

devoted; true; stalwart; staunch; constant; faithful; unfailing; loyal; trusty

* * *
[trɔy]
1. adj
Freund, Sohn, Kunde etc loyal; Diener auch devoted; Seele auch, Hund, Gatte etc faithful; Abbild true; Gedenken respectful; (= treuherzig) trusting; Miene innocent
jdm in tréúer Liebe verbunden sein — to be bound to sb by loyalty and love

jdm tréú sein/bleiben — to be/remain faithful to sb

selbst tréú bleiben — to be true to oneself

seinen Grundsätzen tréú bleiben — to stick to or remain true to one's principles

der Erfolg ist ihr tréú geblieben — success kept coming her way

das Glück ist ihr tréú geblieben — her luck held (out)

tréú wie Gold — faithful and loyal; (Diener etc auch) faithful as a dog

dein tréúer Freund (old) — yours truly

jdm etw zu tréúen Händen übergeben — to give sth to sb for safekeeping

2. adv
faithfully; dienen auch loyally; sorgen devotedly; (= treuherzig) trustingly; ansehen innocently
tréú ergeben — devoted, loyal, faithful

jdm tréú ergeben sein — to be loyally devoted to sb

tréú sorgend — devoted

tréú und brav (Erwachsener) — dutifully; (Kind) like a good boy/girl, as good as gold

* * *

1) loyally

2) (faithful: a loyal friend.) loyal

3) constantly

4) (faithful: He remained constant.) constant

5) (loyal and true; not changing: a faithful friend; faithful to his promise.) faithful

6) faithfully

7) ((negative untrue) faithful; loyal: He has been a true friend.) true

* * *

treu

[trɔy]

I. adj

1. (loyal) loyal, faithful

\treue Dienste/Mitarbeit loyal service/assistance

\treu ergeben devoted

▪ jdm \treu sein/bleiben to be/remain loyal [or faithful] to sb

etw dat \treu bleiben to remain true to a thing

sich dat selbst \treu bleiben to remain true to oneself

2. (verlässlich) loyal

3. (keinen Seitensprung machend) faithful

▪ [jdm] \treu sein/bleiben to be/remain faithful [to sb]

ich weiß, dass mein Mann mir \treu ist I know my husband is [or has been] faithful to me

4. (treuherzig) trusting

5. (fig)

▪ jdm \treu bleiben to continue for sb

der Erfolg blieb ihm \treu his success continued

hoffentlich bleibt dir das Glück auch weiterhin treu hopefully your luck will continue to hold [out]; s.a. Gold

II. adv

1. (loyal) loyally

2. (treuherzig) trustingly, trustfully

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) faithful, loyal <friend, dog, customer, servant, etc.>; faithful <husband, wife>; loyal <ally, subject>; staunch, loyal < supporter>

jemandem treu sein/bleiben — be/remain true to somebody

2) (fig.)

sich selbst (Dat.) treu bleiben — be true to oneself

seinen Grundsätzen treu bleiben — stick to one's principles

das Glück/der Erfolg ist ihm treu geblieben — his luck has held out/success keeps coming his way

3) (ugs.): (treuherzig) ingenuous, trusting <eyes, look>
2.
adverbial

1) faithfully; loyally

2) (ugs.): (treuherzig) trustingly

* * *

treu

A. adj (beständig, anhänglich) faithful (+dat to); (treu gesinnt) loyal (to); (ergeben) devoted (to); Kunde etc: loyal, long-standing; Blick: innocent, guileless, trusting;

treuer Freund loyal ( oder faithful oder true) friend;

treue Augen einer Person: honest eyes; eines Hundes: (big,) faithful ( oder trusting) eyes;

nicht treu sein Partner: be unfaithful;

er war nicht immer treu he wasn’t always faithful;

jemandem treu bleiben be faithful to sb;

eine treue Seele umg a good ( oder decent) soul;

sich (dat)

/seinen Grundsätzen treu bleiben remain true to o.s./one’s principles;

seinem Entschluss treu bleiben stick to ( oder by) one’s decision;

sich (dat)

immer selbst treu geblieben sein have always been one’s own person, have always stuck to one’s principles;

der Erfolg ist ihm treu geblieben success did not desert him, he enjoyed continued success;

zu treuen Händen übergeben hand sb (oder sth) over for safekeeping, leave sb (oder sth) in good hands;

für treue Dienste for loyal ( oder faithful) service

B. adv faithfully etc;

treu ergeben loyal, devoted (+dat to);

jemandem treu ergeben sein be (utterly) devoted to sb;

treu sorgend devoted;

treu und brav umg faithfully;

er hat seiner Firma treu gedient he served his company well ( oder wholeheartedly)

…treu im adj

1. im wörtl Sinn:

moskautreu loyal ( oder sympathetic) to Moscow, in the Moscow camp;

NATO-treu loyal ( oder sympathetic) to NATO

2. (getreu):

formtreu warp-resistant;

texttreu faithful (to the text), accurate

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) faithful, loyal <friend, dog, customer, servant, etc.>; faithful <husband, wife>; loyal <ally, subject>; staunch, loyal < supporter>

jemandem treu sein/bleiben — be/remain true to somebody

2) (fig.)

sich selbst (Dat.) treu bleiben — be true to oneself

seinen Grundsätzen treu bleiben — stick to one's principles

das Glück/der Erfolg ist ihm treu geblieben — his luck has held out/success keeps coming his way

3) (ugs.): (treuherzig) ingenuous, trusting <eyes, look>
2.
adverbial

1) faithfully; loyally

2) (ugs.): (treuherzig) trustingly

* * *

adj.

faithful (to) adj.

loyal (to) adj.

true adj.

trusty adj. adv.

abidingly adv.

faithfully adv.

faithfully n.

loyally n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > treu
43 terreno

adj.

earthly, worldly.

m.

1 lot, terrain, land, patch.

2 soil, ground.

3 terrain, ground.

* * *

terreno

► adjetivo

1 worldly, earthly

► nombre masculino terreno

1 (tierra) land, piece of land, ground; (solar) plot, site

2 GEOGRAFÍA terrain

3 AGRICULTURA (de cultivo) soil; (campo) field

4 DEPORTE field, ground

5 figurado (esfera de acción) field, sphere

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ceder terreno figurado to give way

conocer el terreno figurado to be familiar with something

estar en su propio terreno figurado to be on home ground

ganar terreno / perder terreno to gain ground / lose ground

hacer algo sobre el terreno to do something on the spot 2 figurado to improvise something

saber uno el terreno que pisa figurado to know what one's doing

preparar el terreno figurado to pave the way, prepare the ground

ser terreno abonado (para algo) figurado to be receptive (to something)

terreno conocido figurado familiar ground

————————

terreno

► nombre masculino

1 (tierra) land, piece of land, ground; (solar) plot, site

2 GEOGRAFÍA terrain

3 AGRICULTURA (de cultivo) soil; (campo) field

4 DEPORTE field, ground

5 figurado (esfera de acción) field, sphere

* * *

noun m.

1) terrain

2) ground, land

3) plot

* * *

1. ADJ

1) (Rel) [bienes] earthly

esta vida terrena — this earthly life liter

2) (Bio, Geol) terrestrial

2. SM

1) (=extensión de tierra) [gen] land; (=parcela) piece of land, plot of land

30 hectáreas de terreno — 30 hectares of land

es terreno municipal — it is council land

los terrenos pertenecientes al museo — the land belonging to the museum

vender unos terrenos — to sell some land

nos hemos comprado un terreno en las afueras — we've bought a piece of land o plot of land o some land on the outskirts of the city

el terreno que antes ocupaba la fábrica — the site the factory used to be on

2) [explicando sus características] (=relieve) ground, terrain; (=composición) soil, land

los accidentes del terreno — the unevenness of the ground o terrain

un terreno pedregoso — stony ground o terrain

estamos sobre un terreno arenoso — we're on sandy soil o land

vehículos todo terreno — all-terrain vehicles

3) (=campo)

a) [de estudio] field

en el terreno de la química — in the field of chemistry

ese no es mi terreno — that's not my field

b) [de actividad] sphere, field

el gobierno debe tomar medidas urgentes en el terreno económico — the government must take urgent measures in the economic sphere o field

la competencia de las empresas extranjeras en todos los terrenos — competition from foreign companies in all areas

en cuanto a las pensiones, se ha avanzado poco en este terreno — as for pensions, little progress has been made in this area

este caso entra en el terreno militar — this case is a military matter

4)

- ceder terreno

- pisar terreno firme

- ganar terreno

- perder terreno

- saber o conocer el terreno que se pisa

- preparar el terreno

- vencer a algn en su propio terreno

- recuperar terreno

- sobre el terreno

analizarán la situación sobre el terreno — they will analyse the situation on the ground

resolveremos el problema sobre el terreno — we will solve the problem as we go along

terreno abonado —

es terreno abonado para el vicio — it is a breeding ground for vice

dichas tendencias han encontrado el terreno abonado entre la juventud — these trends have found a fertile breeding ground amongst the young

este país es terreno abonado para las inversiones extranjeras — this country provides rich pickings for foreign investment

- llamar a algn a terreno

terreno de pruebas — testing-ground

5) (Dep)

empataron en su terreno — they drew at home

perdieron en su propio terreno — they lost on their home ground

el equipo tuvo una nueva derrota fuera de su terreno — the team suffered a fresh defeat away (from home)

terreno de juego — pitch, field

* * *
I
- na adjetivo

a) (Relig) earthly

b) ( no marino o aéreo) terrestrial (frml), land (before n)
II
masculino

1) (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot (AmE)

heredó unos terrenos en Sonora — she inherited some land in Sonora

un terreno plantado de viñas — a field planted with vines

el terreno cuesta tanto como la casa — the land costs as much as the house

el terreno llega hasta el río — the land o plot o lot extends as far as the river

- terreno de juego

2) ( extensión de tierra) land

una casa con mucho terreno — a house with a lot of land

3)

a) (Geog) ( refiriéndose al relieve) terrain; ( refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil

allanarle el terreno a alguien — to smooth the way o path for somebody

ceder/ganar/perder terreno — to give/gain/lose ground

estar en su (propio) terreno — to be on one's own ground

minarle or socavarle el terreno a alguien — to cut the ground from under somebody's feet

pisar terreno firme/peligroso — to tread on safe/dangerous ground

prepararle el terreno a alguien/algo — to pave the way for somebody/something

recuperar terreno — to recover lost ground

sobre el terreno: estudiar sobre el terreno una situación to make an on-the-spot assessment of a situation; haremos planes sobre el terreno we'll plan things as we go along; tantear el terreno — to see how the land lies

b) (Geol) terrane, terrain

- terreno abonado or propicio

- terreno conocido

4) (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field

en el terreno laboral — at work

en el terreno de las artes — in the arts

* * *

(n.) = arena, land, turf, terrain, land area, ground, plot of land, piece of land

Ex. This shifts the responsibility for headings and their arrangement into the arena of cataloguers and indexers.

Ex. Until recently all libraries and some architects have maintained that an academic library should be capable of extension and that land should be reserved for future expansion.

Ex. Librarians are losing the war for electronic professional turf.

Ex. These surveyors reported on terrain character and presence of wood, water and forage, and studied Indian tribal customs and languages.

Ex. Over 17% of Botswana's land area has been set-aside as national parks and game reserves.

Ex. A profile is a scale representation of the intersection of a vertical surface with the surface of the ground.

Ex. The core of readers and borrowers of agricultural literature are pensioners wanting to improving cultivation of their small private plots of land.

Ex. So it is important that every piece of land is divided by a boundary to show the demarcation.

* * *
I
- na adjetivo

a) (Relig) earthly

b) ( no marino o aéreo) terrestrial (frml), land (before n)
II
masculino

1) (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot (AmE)

heredó unos terrenos en Sonora — she inherited some land in Sonora

un terreno plantado de viñas — a field planted with vines

el terreno cuesta tanto como la casa — the land costs as much as the house

el terreno llega hasta el río — the land o plot o lot extends as far as the river

- terreno de juego

2) ( extensión de tierra) land

una casa con mucho terreno — a house with a lot of land

3)

a) (Geog) ( refiriéndose al relieve) terrain; ( refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil

allanarle el terreno a alguien — to smooth the way o path for somebody

ceder/ganar/perder terreno — to give/gain/lose ground

estar en su (propio) terreno — to be on one's own ground

minarle or socavarle el terreno a alguien — to cut the ground from under somebody's feet

pisar terreno firme/peligroso — to tread on safe/dangerous ground

prepararle el terreno a alguien/algo — to pave the way for somebody/something

recuperar terreno — to recover lost ground

sobre el terreno: estudiar sobre el terreno una situación to make an on-the-spot assessment of a situation; haremos planes sobre el terreno we'll plan things as we go along; tantear el terreno — to see how the land lies

b) (Geol) terrane, terrain

- terreno abonado or propicio

- terreno conocido

4) (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field

en el terreno laboral — at work

en el terreno de las artes — in the arts

* * *

terreno¹

¹ = arena, land, turf, terrain, land area, ground, plot of land, piece of land.

Ex: This shifts the responsibility for headings and their arrangement into the arena of cataloguers and indexers.

Ex: Until recently all libraries and some architects have maintained that an academic library should be capable of extension and that land should be reserved for future expansion.

Ex: Librarians are losing the war for electronic professional turf.

Ex: These surveyors reported on terrain character and presence of wood, water and forage, and studied Indian tribal customs and languages.

Ex: A profile is a scale representation of the intersection of a vertical surface with the surface of the ground.

Ex: The core of readers and borrowers of agricultural literature are pensioners wanting to improving cultivation of their small private plots of land.

Ex: So it is important that every piece of land is divided by a boundary to show the demarcation.

* andar por terreno peligroso = skate + on thin ice, tread on + dangerous ground.

* andar por terreno resbaladizo = skate + on thin ice, tread on + dangerous ground.

* caer en terreno baldío = fall on + barren ground, fall on + fallow ground.

* caer en terreno pedregoso = fall on + stony ground.

* ceder terreno = yield + ground, lose + ground.

* con terrenos cedidos por el gobierno = land grant [land-grant].

* en terreno conocido = on familiar grounds.

* en terreno peligroso = on shaky grounds.

* estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.

* ganar terreno = gain + ground, make + headway.

* gestión de terrenos = land management.

* invadir el terreno (de Alguien) = encroach on/upon + Posesivo + domain.

* limpiar el terreno de árboles = clear + land.

* motocicleta todo terreno = dirt bike.

* moverse en terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.

* no ceder terreno = stand + Posesivo + ground.

* parcela de terreno = plot of land, piece of land.

* perder terreno = lose + ground.

* pisar terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.

* preparación del terreno eliminando todo tipo de obstáculos = land-clearing.

* preparar el terreno = pave + the way (for/towards/to), set + the scene, clear + the path, smooth + the way, set + the stage, pave + the path (for/towards/to), lay + the groundwork for, pave + the road (for/towards/to), clear + the way.

* preparar el terreno para = lead up to, smooth + the path of, clear + the ground for, fertilise + the ground for.

* prueba sobre el terreno = field test, field trial.

* sobre el terreno = on the ground.

* tantear el terreno = put + feeler out, test + the water.

* terreno conocido = familiar grounds.

* terreno cultivable pequeño = croft.

* terreno de deportes = sport arena.

* terreno de juego = playing field, pitch.

* terreno de pruebas = testing ground.

* terreno desconocido = uncharted territory, uncharted waters, unchartered territory, unchartered waters.

* terreno elevado = high ground.

* terreno en construcción = building site.

* terreno firme = firm ground, safe ground, solid ground.

* terreno inhóspito = inhospitable terrain.

* terreno maderero = timberland.

* terreno nada fértil = stony ground.

* terreno neutral = neutral ground.

* terreno para construir = building site.

* terreno pedegroso = stony ground.

* terreno peligroso = on thin ice, slippery ground, on dangerous ground.

* terreno poco definido = grey area [gray area].

* terreno resbaladizo = on thin ice, slippery ground, on dangerous ground.

* terrenos = site, landed estate, grounds.

* terrenos de la finca = estate grounds.

* terreno seguro = safe ground, solid ground.

* terreno sin construir = vacant lot.

* terrenos sin construir = vacant land.

* vehículo todoterreno = all-terrain vehicle.

* vencer a Alguien en su propio terreno = beat + Nombre + at + Posesivo + own game.

terreno²

² = earthly [earthlier -comp., earthliest -sup.], worldly [worldlier -comp., worldliest -sup.].

Ex: After that I could never pass a dead man without stopping to gaze on his face, stripped by death of that earthly patina which masks the living soul.

Ex: There exist sets of duality in this philosophy; body versus soul, worldly versus unworldly and life versus salvation.

(n.) = arena, land, turf, terrain, land area, ground, plot of land, piece of land

Ex: This shifts the responsibility for headings and their arrangement into the arena of cataloguers and indexers.

Ex: Until recently all libraries and some architects have maintained that an academic library should be capable of extension and that land should be reserved for future expansion.

Ex: Librarians are losing the war for electronic professional turf.

Ex: These surveyors reported on terrain character and presence of wood, water and forage, and studied Indian tribal customs and languages.

Ex: Over 17% of Botswana's land area has been set-aside as national parks and game reserves.

Ex: A profile is a scale representation of the intersection of a vertical surface with the surface of the ground.

Ex: The core of readers and borrowers of agricultural literature are pensioners wanting to improving cultivation of their small private plots of land.

Ex: So it is important that every piece of land is divided by a boundary to show the demarcation.

* * *

terreno¹ -na

adjective

1 ( Relig) earthly

nuestra vida terrena our earthly life, our life on earth

2 (no marino o aéreo) terrestrial ( frml), land ( before n)

terreno²

masculine

A (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot ( AmE)

heredó unos terrenos en Sonora she inherited some land in Sonora

un terreno plantado de viñas a field o an area of land planted with vines

el terreno cuesta tanto como la casa the land costs as much as the house

quieren construir en esos terrenos they want to build on that land o site

el terreno llega hasta el río the land o plot o lot extends as far as the river

Compuesto:

terreno de juego

field, pitch ( BrE)

Escocia perdió frente a Gales en su propio terreno (de juego) Scotland lost at home to Wales, Scotland lost to Wales despite having home-field advantage ( AmE), Scotland lost to Wales on their home ground ( BrE)

B (extensión de tierra) land

compraron una casa con mucho terreno they bought a house with a lot of land

C

1 ( Geog) (refiriéndose al relieve) terrain; (refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil

un terreno montañoso mountainous terrain

los accidentes del terreno the features of the landscape o terrain

un terreno pantanoso marshy land, a marshy terrain

un terreno bueno para el cultivo del trigo good land o soil for growing wheat

allanarle el terreno a algn to smooth the way o path for sb

ceder/ganar/perder terreno to give/gain/lose ground

estar en su (propio) terreno to be on one's own ground

llamar a algn a terreno ( Chi fam); to pull sb up ( colloq)

minarle or socavarle el terreno a algn to cut the ground from under sb's feet

pisar terreno firme/peligroso to tread on safe/dangerous ground

prepararle el terreno a algn/algo to pave the way for sb/sth

recuperar terreno to recover lost ground

sobre el terreno: para estudiar sobre el terreno la situación to make an on-the-spot o an in situ assessment of the situation

iremos haciendo planes sobre el terreno we'll plan things as we go along

tantear el terreno to see how the land lies

2 ( Geol) terrane, terrain

Compuestos:

● terreno abonado or propicio

es terreno abonado or propicio para la delincuencia it is a breeding ground for crime

es un terreno abonado or propicio para la especulación it gives rise to a great deal of speculation

● terreno conocido

familiar ground

para él ya es terreno conocido he's on familiar ground, it's familiar ground to him

D (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field

en el terreno laboral at work

ejerció una gran influencia en el terreno de las artes he was a major influence in the arts

* * *

terreno 1
◊ -na adjetivo (Relig) earthly

terreno 2 sustantivo masculino
1
a) (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot (AmE);

◊ heredó unos terrenos en Sonora she inherited some land in Sonora;

un terreno plantado de viñas a field planted with vines;
terreno de juego field, pitch
b) ( extensión de tierra) land;

◊ una casa con mucho terreno a house with a lot of land

2 (Geog) ( refiriéndose al relieve) terrain;
( refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil;
◊ un terreno fértil fertile land

3 (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field;
◊ en el terreno político within the field of politics

terreno,-a
I adjetivo ➣ terrenal
II sustantivo masculino
1 Geol terrain
2 (extensión de tierra) (piece of) land, ground: quiere cultivar su terreno, he wants to cultivate his land
tiene un terreno en Valencia, he has land in Valencia
un terreno arenoso, a sandy soil
3 fig (campo de acción, investigación) field, sphere
4 Dep terreno (de juego), field, ground
♦ Locuciones: le gusta saber qué terreno pisa, he likes to know where he stands
ganar/perder terreno, to gain/lose ground
preparar el terreno, to prepare the ground
sobre el terreno, as one goes along
' terreno' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acotar
- adyacente
- allanar
- alta
- alto
- badén
- depresión
- elevación
- escabrosa
- escabroso
- finca
- grieta
- inclinación
- juego
- margen
- monte
- movediza
- movedizo
- nacional
- ondulada
- ondulado
- orientar
- parque
- pelada
- pelado
- pendiente
- polígono
- regar
- reseca
- reseco
- revalorizar
- salar
- salvaje
- sanear
- solar
- terrena
- terruño
- tierra
- triangular
- abrupto
- accidentado
- accidente
- adaptar
- agreste
- alameda
- altibajos
- anegar
- arbolado
- arenoso
- asentar
English:
dirt bike
- estate
- extend
- feeler
- flatten
- foresight
- gain
- gain on
- ground
- gulley
- gully
- ice
- jeep
- level
- lose
- lot
- out-of-bounds
- parcel
- patch
- pitch
- plot
- recreation ground
- rent
- rugged
- ruggedness
- scout
- spread
- stretch
- survey
- tenure
- terrain
- testing ground
- tract
- uneven
- unfold
- way
- area
- common
- country
- ease
- green
- mostly
- piece
- preserve
- property
- province
- reclaim
- site

* * *

terreno, -a

♦ adj
Formal [vida] earthly; [bienes, preocupaciones] worldly
♦ nm

1. [suelo] land;
[por su relieve] terrain; [por su composición, utilidad agrícola] soil;
grandes extensiones de terreno large tracts of land;

terreno montañoso/abrupto mountainous/rugged terrain;

terreno arenoso/volcánico sandy/volcanic soil;

el terreno era irregular the ground was uneven;

Comp

ser terreno abonado (para algo) to be fertile ground (for sth)

Comp
terreno agrícola farmland;
terreno cultivable arable land;

terreno edificable land suitable for development;

terreno rústico land unsuitable for development;

terreno urbanizable land suitable for development;

terreno no urbanizable land unsuitable for development

2. [parcela, solar] plot (of land);

tenemos unos terrenos en el pueblo we have some land in the village

3. [en deportes]
terreno (de juego) field, Br pitch;

los jugadores saltaron al terreno de juego the players came out onto the field o Br pitch

4. [ámbito] field;

en el terreno de la música/medicina in the field of music/medicine;

tiene muchos problemas en el terreno personal she has a lot of problems in her private life;

ha habido muchos avances en este terreno there have been considerable advances in this field

5. [territorio] ground;

estar o [m5] encontrarse en su propio terreno to be on home ground;

estar en o [m5]pisar terreno conocido/desconocido/firme to be on familiar/unfamiliar/solid ground;

llevar algo/a alguien a su terreno: sabe llevar las conversaciones a su terreno he knows how to steer conversations round to what interests him;

la campeona supo llevar a su terreno a la tenista holandesa the champion was able to impose her own terms on the Dutch player;

sabe llevar cualquier canción a su terreno he is capable of making any song his own;

Comp

ceder terreno to give ground;

Comp

ganar terreno to gain ground;

le está ganando terreno a su rival he's gaining ground on his rival;

Comp

perder terreno (ante alguien) to lose ground (to sb);

Comp

preparar el terreno (para algo/a alguien) to pave the way (for sth/sb);

Comp

reconocer o [m5] tantear el terreno to see how the land lies;

Comp

sabe el terreno que pisa she knows what she is about;

Comp

sobre el terreno: estudiar algo sobre el terreno to study something in the field;

resolveremos los problemas sobre el terreno we'll solve the problems as we go along

* * *

terreno

I adj earthly, worldly

II m land; fig

field;

un terreno a lot, Br a plot o

piece of land;

sobre el terreno in the field;

ganar/perder terreno fig gain/lose ground;

tantear el terreno fig see how the land lies;

llevar a alguien a su terreno get s.o. on one’s home ground;

pisar terreno resbaladizo fig be on slippery ground

* * *

terreno nm

1) : terrain

2) suelo: earth, ground

3) : plot, tract of land

4)

perder terreno : to lose ground

5)

preparar el terreno : to pave the way

* * *

terreno n

1. (tierra) land

van a construir en ese terreno they going to build on that land

Carlos se ha comprado un terreno Carlos has bought a piece of land

2. (de una actividad) field

el terreno de la literatura the field of literature

terreno de juego pitch

Spanish-English dictionary > terreno
44 Very

1. attributive adjective
1) (precise, exact) genau

on the very day when... — genau am [selben] Tag, an dem...

you're the very person I wanted to see — genau dich wollte ich sehen

at the very moment when... — im selben Augenblick, als...

in the very centre — genau in der Mitte

the very thing — genau das Richtige

2) (extreme)

at the very back/front — ganz hinten/vorn

at the very edge of the cliff — ganz am Rand der Klippe

at the very end/beginning — ganz am Ende/Anfang

from the very beginning — von Anfang an

only a very little — nur ein ganz kleines bisschen

3) (mere) bloß [Gedanke]

at the very thought — allein schon beim Gedanken

the very fact of his presence — allein schon seine Anwesenheit

4) (absolute) absolut [Minimum, Maximum]

do one's very best or utmost — sein menschenmöglichstes tun

the very most I can offer is... — ich kann allerhöchstens... anbieten

it's the very least — das ist das Allermindeste

£50 at the very most — allerhöchstens 50 Pfund

be the very first to arrive — als allererster ankommen

for the very last time — zum allerletzten Mal

5) (emphatic)

before their very eyes — vor ihren Augen

be caught in the very act — auf frischer Tat ertappt werden

under somebody's very nose — (fig. coll.) direkt vor jemandes Augen (Dat.)
2. adverb
1) (extremely) sehr

it's very near — es ist ganz in der Nähe

in the very near future — in allernächster Zukunft

it's very possible that... — es ist sehr gut möglich, dass...

very probably — höchstwahrscheinlich

she's very/so very thin — sie ist sehr dünn/so dünn

how very rude [of him]! — das ist aber unhöflich [von ihm]!

[yes,] very much [so] — [ja,] sehr

very much prettier/better — [sehr] viel hübscher/besser

not very much — nicht sehr

very little — [nur] sehr wenig [verstehen, essen]

thank you [very,] very much — [vielen,] vielen Dank

not very big — (not extremely big) nicht sehr groß; (not at all big) nicht gerade groß

2) (absolutely) aller[best..., -letzt..., -leichtest...]

at the very latest — allerspätestens

the very last thing I expected — das, womit ich am allerwenigsten gerechnet hatte

3) (precisely)

the very same one — genau der-/die-/dasselbe

that is the very word he used — das ist genau das Wort, das er gebrauchte

in his very next sentence/breath — schon im nächsten Satz/Atemzug

4)

very good — (accepting) sehr wohl; (agreeing) sehr schön

very well — (expr. reluctant consent) also gut; na schön

that's all very well, but... — das ist ja alles schön und gut, aber...

* * *
['veri] 1. adverb
1) (to a great degree: He's very clever; You came very quickly; I'm not feeling very well.) sehr

2) (absolutely; in the highest degree: The very first thing you must do is ring the police; She has a car of her very own.) aller-, ganz
2. adjective
1) (exactly or precisely the thing, person etc mentioned: You're the very man I want to see; At that very minute the door opened.) genau

2) (extreme: at the very end of the day; at the very top of the tree.) äußerst

3) (used for emphasis in other ways: The very suggestion of a sea voyage makes her feel seasick.) bloß

•

- academic.ru/119275/very_well">very well

* * *

very

[ˈveri]

I. adv inv

1. (extremely) sehr, außerordentlich

his behaviour makes me feel \very, \very cross sein Benehmen macht mich wirklich sehr böse

there's nothing \very interesting on TV tonight es kommt nichts besonders Interessantes heute Abend im Fernsehen

how \very childish of her to refuse to speak to me! wie absolut kindisch von ihr, sich zu weigern, mit mir zu sprechen!

how are you? — \very well, thanks wie geht es dir? — sehr gut, danke

2. (to a great degree) sehr

to not be \very happy/pleased about sth ( iron) über etw akk nicht gerade sehr glücklich/erfreut sein

to not be \very impressed about sth ( iron) von etw dat nicht gerade sehr beeindruckt sein

\very much sehr

did you enjoy the play? — \very much so hat dir das Stück gefallen? — [ja] sehr [sogar]

thank you \very much danke sehr

to feel \very much at home sich akk ganz wie zu Hause fühlen

not \very nicht sehr

not \very much... nicht besonders...

3. + superl (to add force) aller-

the \very best der/die/das Allerbeste

the \very best of friends die allerbesten Freunde

to do the \very best one can sein Allerbestes geben

the \very first/last der/die/das Allererste/Allerletzte

at the \very most/least allerhöchstens/zumindest

the \very next day schon am nächsten Tag

to have one's \very own sth etw ganz für sich akk [alleine] haben

the \very same genau der/die/das Gleiche

4. (I agree)

\very well [also] gut [o schön]

can't I stay for five minutes longer? — oh \very well kann ich nicht noch fünf Minuten länger bleiben? — na schön fam

she couldn't \very well say sorry when she didn't think she had done anything wrong sie konnte sich doch nicht entschuldigen, wenn sie ihrer Meinung nach nichts falsch gemacht hatte

to be all \very fine [or good] [or well], but... schon recht [o schön und gut] sein, aber...

II. adj attr, inv genau

this is the \very book I've been looking for das ist genau das Buch, nach dem ich gesucht habe

the \very idea! was für eine Idee!

it's the \very thing! das ist genau das Richtige!

at the \very bottom zuunterst

at the \very end of sth ganz am Ende einer S. gen

the \very fact that... allein schon die Tatsache, dass...

the \very opposite das genaue [o genau das] Gegenteil

they're the \very opposite of one another sie sind völlig unterschiedlich

the \very thought... allein der Gedanke...

* * *
['verɪ]
1. adv

1) (= extremely) sehr

it's very well written — es ist sehr gut geschrieben

I'm very sorry — es tut mir sehr leid

that's not very funny — das ist überhaupt nicht lustig

I'm not very good at maths — ich bin in Mathe nicht besonders gut

it's very possible — es ist durchaus or( sehr) gut möglich

very probably — höchstwahrscheinlich

he is so very lazy — er ist SO faul

how very odd — wie eigenartig

Very Important Person — prominente Persönlichkeit

very little —

very little milk — ganz or sehr wenig Milch

how well do you know her? – not very — wie gut kennst du sie? – nicht besonders gut

2) (= absolutely) aller-

very best quality — allerbeste Qualität

very last — allerletzte(r, s)

very first — allererste(r, s)

she is the very cleverest in the class — sie ist die Klassenbeste

at the very latest —

this is the very last time I'll warn you — ich warne dich jetzt zum allerletzten Mal

to do one's very best —

this is the very best — das ist das Allerbeste

this is the very most I can offer — das ist mein äußerstes Angebot

at the very most — allerhöchstens

at the very least — allerwenigstens

to be in the very best of health — sich bester Gesundheit erfreuen

they are the very best of friends — sie sind die dicksten Freunde

3)

very much — sehr

thank you very much — vielen Dank

I liked it very much — es hat mir sehr gut gefallen

very much bigger — sehr viel größer

very much respected — sehr angesehen

he is very much the more intelligent — er ist bei Weitem der Intelligentere

he doesn't work very much — er arbeitet nicht sehr viel

very much so — sehr (sogar)

4)

(for emphasis) he fell ill and died the very same day — er wurde krank und starb noch am selben Tag

he died the very same day as Kennedy — er starb genau am selben Tag wie Kennedy

the very same hat — genau der gleiche Hut

we met again the very next day — wir trafen uns am nächsten or folgenden Tag schon wieder

the very next day he was tragically killed — schon einen Tag später kam er unter tragischen Umständen ums Leben

what he predicted happened the very next week — was er vorhersagte, trat in der Woche darauf tatsächlich ein

my very own car — mein eigenes Auto

a house of your very own — ein eigenes Häuschen

5)

very well, if that's what you want —

very good, sir — geht in Ordnung, mein Herr, sehr wohl, mein Herr (dated)

if you want that, very well, but... — wenn du das willst, in Ordnung or bitte, aber...

I couldn't very well say no — ich konnte schlecht Nein sagen

2. adj

1) (= precise, exact) genau

that very day/moment — genau an diesem Tag/in diesem Augenblick

in the very middle of the picture — genau in der Mitte des Bildes

this laboratory is the very heart of our factory — dieses Labor ist der Kern unseres Werkes

at the very heart of the organization — direkt im Zentrum der Organisation

on the very spot where... — genau an der Stelle, wo...

those were his very words — genau das waren seine Worte

before my very eyes — direkt vor meinen Augen

you are the very person I want to speak to — mit IHNEN wollte ich sprechen

the very thing/man I need — genau das, was/genau der Mann, den ich brauche

the very thing! — genau das Richtige!

to catch sb in the very act — jdn auf frischer Tat ertappen

2) (= extreme) äußerste(r, s)

in the very beginning — ganz am Anfang

at the very end — ganz am Ende

at the very back/front — ganz hinten/vorn(e)

go to the very end of the road — gehen Sie die Straße ganz entlang or durch

to the very end of his life — bis an sein Lebensende

in the very depths of his soul — im Tiefsten seines Herzens

3)

(= mere) the very thought of it — allein schon der Gedanke daran, der bloße Gedanke daran

the very idea! — nein, so etwas!

* * *

V. abk

1. Venerable

2. Very

3. Vice Vize…

4. Viscount

* * *
1. attributive adjective
1) (precise, exact) genau

on the very day when... — genau am [selben] Tag, an dem...

you're the very person I wanted to see — genau dich wollte ich sehen

at the very moment when... — im selben Augenblick, als...

in the very centre — genau in der Mitte

the very thing — genau das Richtige

2) (extreme)

at the very back/front — ganz hinten/vorn

at the very edge of the cliff — ganz am Rand der Klippe

at the very end/beginning — ganz am Ende/Anfang

from the very beginning — von Anfang an

only a very little — nur ein ganz kleines bisschen

3) (mere) bloß [Gedanke]

at the very thought — allein schon beim Gedanken

the very fact of his presence — allein schon seine Anwesenheit

4) (absolute) absolut [Minimum, Maximum]

do one's very best or utmost — sein menschenmöglichstes tun

the very most I can offer is... — ich kann allerhöchstens... anbieten

it's the very least — das ist das Allermindeste

£50 at the very most — allerhöchstens 50 Pfund

be the very first to arrive — als allererster ankommen

for the very last time — zum allerletzten Mal

5) (emphatic)

before their very eyes — vor ihren Augen

be caught in the very act — auf frischer Tat ertappt werden

under somebody's very nose — (fig. coll.) direkt vor jemandes Augen (Dat.)
2. adverb
1) (extremely) sehr

it's very near — es ist ganz in der Nähe

in the very near future — in allernächster Zukunft

it's very possible that... — es ist sehr gut möglich, dass...

very probably — höchstwahrscheinlich

she's very/so very thin — sie ist sehr dünn/so dünn

how very rude [of him]! — das ist aber unhöflich [von ihm]!

[yes,] very much [so] — [ja,] sehr

very much prettier/better — [sehr] viel hübscher/besser

not very much — nicht sehr

very little — [nur] sehr wenig [verstehen, essen]

thank you [very,] very much — [vielen,] vielen Dank

not very big — (not extremely big) nicht sehr groß; (not at all big) nicht gerade groß

2) (absolutely) aller[best..., -letzt..., -leichtest...]

at the very latest — allerspätestens

the very last thing I expected — das, womit ich am allerwenigsten gerechnet hatte

3) (precisely)

the very same one — genau der-/die-/dasselbe

that is the very word he used — das ist genau das Wort, das er gebrauchte

in his very next sentence/breath — schon im nächsten Satz/Atemzug

4)

very good — (accepting) sehr wohl; (agreeing) sehr schön

very well — (expr. reluctant consent) also gut; na schön

that's all very well, but... — das ist ja alles schön und gut, aber...

* * *

adj.

sehr adj.

wirklich adj.

English-german dictionary > Very
45 πνεῦμα

πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 308ff).

① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)

ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).

ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).

② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen² 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.² 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.

③ a part of human personality, spirit

ⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X⁷ 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.

ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).

ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.

④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).

ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).

ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.

ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.

⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.

ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.

ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.

ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).

β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.

ⓓ abs.

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).

β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.

ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.

ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.

ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.

α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.

β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.

γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).

δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.

⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).

ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.

ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).

ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.

ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.

ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.

ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.

⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.

⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen² 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines⁶ 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes² 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα
46 ἔχω

ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.

① to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)

ⓐ to possess someth. that is under one’s control

α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.

β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.

ⓑ to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts

α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.

β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.

ⓒ to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.

ⓓ to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.

ⓔ to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.

② to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as

ⓐ of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).

ⓑ more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.

③ to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip

ⓐ of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.

ⓑ of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.

ⓒ of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.

ⓓ of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.

④ to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).

⑤ be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.

⑥ to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.

⑦ to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)

ⓐ of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)

α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.

β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).

γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.

δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).

ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.

ⓑ of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.

⑧ as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.

⑨ special combinations

ⓐ w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.

ⓑ τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).

⑩ to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).

ⓐ impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).

ⓑ pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.

⑪ to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.

ⓐ of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.

ⓑ of proximity

α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.

β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔχω
47 त्रि _tri

त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].

-Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.

-2 a third part.

-3 three-fourths.

-अक्ष a. triocular.

-अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.

-अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.

-2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).

-3 a genealogist. (

-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.

-अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.

-2 a sort of colly- rium. (

-टः) N. of Śiva.

-अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).

-अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.

-अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.

-अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.

-अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.

-अधिष्ठानः the soul. (

नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.

-अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).

-अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (

-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.

-अब्द a. three years old.

-ब्दम् three years taken collectively.

-अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.

-अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī

-अशीत a. eighty-third.

-अशीतिः f. eighty-three.

-अष्टन् a. twenty-four.

-अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (

-स्रम्) a triangle.

-अहः 1 a period of three days.

-2 a festival lasting three days.

-आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.

-आहिक a.

1 performed or produced in three days.

-2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).

-3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.

-ऋचम् (

तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.

-ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.

-ककुद् m.

1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.

-2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.

-3 the highest, chief.

-4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.

-ककुभ् m. Ved.

1 Indra.

-2 Indra's thunderbolt.

-कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.

-कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.

-करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.

-कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).

-काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.

-कायः N. of Buddha.

-कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.

-2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (

-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)

1 a divine sage, seer.

-2 a deity.

-3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.

1 a Buddha.

-2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).

-कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.

-कूटम् sea-salt.

कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.

-कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.

(-णः) 1 a triangle.

-2 the vulva.

-खम् 1 tin.

-2 a cucumber.

-खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.

-क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.

-गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.

-गत a.

1 tripled.

-2 done in three days.

-गर्ताः (pl.)

1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.

-2 the people or rulers of that country.

-3 a particular mode of calculation.

-गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.

-2 a woman in general.

-3 a pearl.

-4 a kind of cricket.

-गुण a.

1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.

-2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.

-3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (

-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.

-णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.

(-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.

-चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.

-चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.

-चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.

-जगत् n.

-जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.

-जटः an epithet of Śiva.

-जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.

-जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).

-जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.

-णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.

-णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.

-णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.

-णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.

-2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.

-णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).

-णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.

-तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.

-दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.

-2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (

-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.

-दण्डिन् m.

1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.

-2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.

-दशाः (pl.)

1 thirty.

-2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (

-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः

1 heaven.

-2 the mountain Meru.

-3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः

1 Indra.

-2 Śiva.

-3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः

1 Agni.

-2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.

-दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.

-दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.

-2 sky, atmosphere.

-3 paradise.

-4 happi- ness. (

-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः

1 an epithet of Indra.

-2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा

1 the Ganges.

-2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.

-दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.

-धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.

-धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;

-तुम् 1 the triple world.

-2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.

-धामन् m.

1 N. of Viṣṇu.

-2 of Vyāsa;

-3 of Śiva.

-4 of Agni.

-5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.

-धारा the Ganges.

-नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.

- नवत a. ninety-third.

-नवतिः f. ninety three.

-नयना Pārvat&imacr.

-नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.

-नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.

-नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.

-पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.

-पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.

-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.

-पुटः glass (काच).

-पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.

-2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.

-पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.

-पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.

-2 a place where three roads meet. (

-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.

-पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.

1 Viṣṇu.

-2 fever (personified).

-पद a. three-footed. (

-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.

-पदिका 1 a tripod.

-2 a stand with three feet.

-पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.

-2 the Gāyatrī metre.

-3 a tripod.

-4 the plant गोधापदी.

-परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.

-पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.

-पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).

-2 the figure formed by such intersection.

-पाटिका a beak.

पाठिन् a.

1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.

-2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.

-पादः 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 fever.

-पाद् a.

1 having three feet.

-2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.

-3 trinomial. (-m.)

1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.

-2 the Supreme Being.

-पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).

-पुट a. triangular.

(-टः) 1 an arrow.

-2 the palm of the hand.

-3 a cubit.

-4 a bank or shore.

-पुटकः a triangle.

-पुटा an epithet of Durgā.

-पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.

-पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.

-पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.

-2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (

-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.

(-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.

-2 N. of a country.

-पुरुष a

1 having the length of three men.

-2 having three assistants. (

-षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.

-पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (

ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.

-पौरुष a.

1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.

2 offered to three (as oblations).

-3 inherited from three (as an estate).

-प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.

-फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).

-बन्धनः the individual soul.

-बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.

1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.

-2 the anus.

-बलीकम् the anus.

-बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.

-ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.

-भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.

-भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.

-भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.

-भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.

-2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.

-भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).

-भुजम् a triangle.

-भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.

-भूमः a palace with three floors.

-मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.

-मधु n.

-मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.

-2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).

-3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.

-4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.

-मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.

-मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.

-मुखः an epithet of Buddha.

-मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.

-मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.

-2 Buddha, or Jina.

-मूर्धन् m.

1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.

-2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.

-यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.

-यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.

-यामकम् sin.

-यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.

-2 turmeric.

-3 the Indigo plant.

-4 the river Yamuṇā.

-युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.

-योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).

-रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.

-रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (

-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (

-त्रम्) a period of three nights.

-रेखः a conch-shell.

-लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.

-2 possessing the three Guṇas. (

-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (

-गी) the three genders taken collectively.

-लोकम् the three worlds. (

-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of

1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.

-2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.

-लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.

-लोचनः Śiva.

(-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.

-वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.

-2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.

-3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.

-4 the three higher castes.

-5 the three myrobalans.

-6 propriety, decorum.

-वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.

-वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.

-वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)

-वली the anus.

-वारम् ind. three times, thrice.

-विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.

-विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.

-विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.

-विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.

-2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.

-वृत् a.

1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.

-2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)

1 a sacrifice.

-2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.

-3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.

-वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).

-वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.

-वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.

-2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.

-वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.

-शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.

-शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]

-2 the Chātaka bird.

-3 a cat.

-4 a grass-hopper.

-5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.

-शत a. three hundred.

(-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.

-2 three hundred.

-शरणः a Buddha.

-शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).

-शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.

-शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.

-शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.

-2 a crown or crest (with three points).

-शिरस् m.

1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.

-2 an epithet of Kubera.

-3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.

-शीर्षः Śiva.

-शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.

-शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.

-2 a triangle.

-शोकः the soul.

-षष्टिः f. sixty-three.

-ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.

-संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also

-त्रिसवनम् (

-षवणम्); Ms.11.216.

-संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.

-सप्तत a. seventy-third.

-सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.

-सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.

-सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.

-सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.

-सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.

-सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.

-साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.

-सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.

-साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.

-सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).

-2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.

-स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.

-स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.

1 having 3 dwelling places.

-2 extending through the 3 worlds.

-स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.

-सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).

-हायण a. three years old.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri
48 fin

I.

fin¹, fine¹ [fɛ̃, fin]

1. adjective

   a. ( = mince) thin ; [cheveux, sable, poudre, pointe, pinceau] fine ; [taille, doigt, jambe] slender

• petits pois très fins top-quality garden peas

• une petite pluie fine a fine drizzle

   b. ( = raffiné) [lingerie, porcelaine, silhouette, membres] delicate ; [traits, visage, or] fine ; [produits, aliments] top-quality ; [mets] exquisite

• faire un repas fin to have a gourmet meal

• vins fins fine wines

• la fine fleur de l'armée française the pride of the French army

• le fin du fin the ultimate (de in)

   c. ( = très sensible) [vue, ouïe] sharp ; [goût, odorat] discriminating

   d. ( = subtil) [personne] astute ; [esprit, observation] sharp ; [allusion, nuance] subtle

• il n'est pas très fin he's not very bright

• ce n'est pas très fin de sa part that's not very clever of him

• comme c'est fin ! very clever!

• tu as l'air fin ! you look a right idiot! (inf)

• jouer au plus fin avec qn to try to outsmart sb

   e. (avant le nom = habile) expert

• fin connaisseur connoisseur

• fin gourmet gourmet

• fin stratège expert strategist

   f. (avant le nom: intensif) au fin fond de la campagne right in the heart of the country

• savoir le fin mot de l'histoire to know the real story

   g. (Canadian = gentil, aimable) nice

2. adverb

[moudre, tailler] finely

• fin prêt all ready

3. compounds

► fines herbes fines herbes

► fin limier sleuth

II.

fin² [fɛ̃]

1. feminine noun

   a. end

• « Fin » [de film, roman] "The End"

• vers or sur la fin towards the end

• fin juin

• à la fin (de) juin at the end of June

• jusqu'à la fin to the very end

• la fin du monde the end of the world

• avoir des fins de mois difficiles to have difficulty making ends meet

• on n'en verra jamais la fin we'll never see the end of this

• à la fin il a réussi à se décider in the end he managed to make up his mind

• tu m'ennuies, à la fin ! (inf) you're beginning to get on my nerves!

• en fin d'après-midi in the late afternoon

• sans fin [discussion, guerre] endless ; [errer, tourner] endlessly

• un chômeur en fin de droits an unemployed person no longer entitled to benefit

• prendre fin [réunion] to come to an end ; [contrat] to expire (le on)

• toucher à or tirer à sa fin to be coming to an end

• mettre fin à to put an end to

► en fin de compte ( = tout bien considéré) at the end of the day ; ( = en conclusion) finally

   b. ( = mort) end

• il a eu une belle fin he had a fine end

   c. ( = but) aim

• ce n'est pas une fin en soi it's not an end in itself

• il est arrivé à ses fins he achieved his aim

• à cette fin to this end

• à toutes fins utiles for your information

2. compounds

► fin de semaine (Canadian) weekend

► fin de série end-of-line stock uncount

* * *

I
1.
fine fɛ̃, fin adjectif

1) [sable, pluie] fine; [fil, écriture, pinceau, pointe] fine; [tranche, couche, verre] thin

2) [petit pois, haricots verts] quality (épith)

très fins — top-quality (épith)

3) ( délicat) [cheville, taille] slender; [traits] fine; [bijou, dentelle] delicate, fine; [vins, aliments] fine; [plat] delicate

4) ( subtil) [personne] perceptive; [esprit] shrewd; [allusion, interprétation, humour] subtle; [goût] delicate, subtle

vraiment c'est fin! — iron that's really clever! iron

jouer au plus fin avec quelqu'un — to try to outsmart somebody

avoir l'air fin — (colloq) to look a fool

tu as l'air fin (colloq) avec ce chapeau! — you look a sight (colloq) in that hat!

5) ( sensible)

avoir l'ouïe fine — to have a keen sense of hearing

avoir le nez fin — to have a keen sense of smell

6) ( remarquable) excellent

la fine fleur des économistes — the top ou best economists

7) ( ultime)

au fin fond de — in the remotest part of [pays, région]; at the very bottom of [tiroir, armoire]

le fin mot de l'histoire — the truth of the matter

2.

adverbe

1) ( complètement)

être fin prêt — to be all set

fin soûl — (colloq) completely drunk

2) ( finement) [écrire, moudre] finely; [couper] thinly

3.

nom masculin

le fin du fin — the ultimate (de in)

Phrasal Verbs:

- fin limier

- fin renard

- fin e gueule

- fin e mouche

- fin es herbes

II fɛ̃
nom féminin

1) ( terme) end; (de réunion, période) close, end; ( façon dont se termine quelque chose) ending

à la fin des années 70 — in the late '70s

en fin de matinée — late in the morning

jusqu'à la fin — to the (very) end

toucher or tirer à sa fin — to be coming ou drawing to an end

prendre fin — to come to an end

avoir des fins de mois difficiles — to find it hard to make ends meet at the end of the month

c'est la fin de tout — it's the last straw

mener quelque chose à bonne fin — to bring something to a successful conclusion

sans fin — [discussions] endless; [discuter] endlessly

tu vas te taire à la fin! — (colloq) for God's sake, be quiet!

tu m'ennuies à la fin! — (colloq) you're really getting on my nerves!

chômeur en fin de droits — unemployed person no longer eligible for benefit

fin de siècle — pej decadent, fin-de-siècle

2) ( mort) end, death

3) ( but) end, aim, purpose

à toutes fins utiles — for whatever purpose it may serve

arriver à ses fins — to achieve one's aims

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- fin de semaine

- fin de série

* * *

I fɛ̃
1. nf

1) (= terme) end

Elle n'a pas regardé la fin du film. — She didn't watch the end of the film.

"Fin" — "The End"

à la fin — in the end, eventually

À la fin, il a réussi à se décider. — In the end he managed to make up his mind.

fin mai — at the end of May

Il sera en vacances fin juin. — He'll be on holiday at the end of June.

à la fin de la guerre — at the end of the war

en fin de journée — at the end of the day

en fin de semaine — at the end of the week

en fin de compte — when all's said and done

prendre fin — to come to an end

toucher à sa fin — to be drawing to a close

sans fin adj — endless, advendlessly

mettre fin à — to put an end to

mener à bonne fin — to bring to a successful conclusion

2) (= but)

à cette fin — to this end

2. fins nfpl

(= but) ends

à toutes fins utiles — for your information

II fin, -e
1. adj

1) (peu épais) (papier, couche, fil) thin, (cheveux, poudre, pointe, visage) fine, (taille) neat, slim

2) (de qualité supérieure) (vins) fine

la lingerie fine — luxury lingerie

du linge fin — fine linen

3) (= subtil) (remarques) (avant le nom) subtle

c'est fin! ironique — how clever!

4) (= sensible) (ouïe, odorat) keen

avoir l'ouïe fine — to have keen hearing

avoir l'oreille fine — to have sharp ears

5) (placé avant le nom: qui excelle dans une activité)

un fin connaisseur de qch — a connoisseur of sth

un fin gourmet — a gourmet

un fin tireur — a crack shot

6) (autres locutions)

le fin fond de — the very depths of

le fin mot de — the real story behind

la fine fleur de — the flower of

2. adv

1) (= finement) [moudre, couper] finely

2) (= tout à fait)

fin prêt — quite ready

fin soûl — quite drunk

3. nm

vouloir jouer au plus fin avec qn — to try to outsmart sb

* * *

I.

fin, fine

A adj

1 ( constitué d'éléments très petits) [sable, poudre, pluie] fine;

2 ( très mince) [gouttelette, fil, trait de crayon, écriture] fine; [tranche, plaque, couche, feuille, verre] thin;

3 ( effilé) [pinceau, aiguille, plume, pointe] fine;

4 Comm, Culin [petits pois, haricots verts] quality ( épith); très fins top-quality ( épith);

5 ( délicat) [cheville, poignet, cou, taille] slender; [traits] fine; il est très fin de visage he's got very fine features;

6 ( ouvragé) [orfèvrerie, broderie, bijou, dentelle] delicate, fine;

7 ( de grande qualité) [vins, aliments, lingerie] fine; [plat, mets, morceau] delicate;

8 ( subtil) [personne] perceptive; [esprit] shrewd; [allusion, interprétation] subtle; [plaisanterie, humour] subtle; [goût] delicate, subtle; vraiment c'est fin! iron that's really clever! iron; jouer au plus fin avec qn to try to outsmart sb; avoir l'air fin○ to look a fool; tu as l'air fin○ avec ce chapeau! you look a sight○ in that hat!;

9 ( sensible) avoir l'ouïe or l'oreille fine to have a keen sense of hearing; avoir l'odorat or le nez fin to have a keen sense of smell;

10 ( remarquable) (before n) excellent; c'est une fine cuisinière she's an excellent cook; fin gourmet gourmet; fin connaisseur connoisseur; fin tireur crack shot; la fine fleur des économistes/joueurs d'échecs the top ou best economists/chess players; ⇒ bouche;

11 ( ultime) (before n) au fin fond de in the remotest part of [pays, région]; at the very bottom of [tiroir, armoire]; ils habitent au fin fond du Massif central they live in the remotest part of the Massif Central; le fin mot de l'histoire the truth of the matter.

B adv

1 ( complètement) être fin prêt to be all set; fin soûl○ completely drunk, sloshed○;

2 ( finement) [écrire, moudre] finely; [couper] thinly.

C nm le fin du fin the ultimate (de in).

D fine nf ( boisson) brandy.

Composés

fin limier super-sleuth; fin renard sly customer○; fine gueule○ gourmet; fine lame expert swordsman; fine mouche = fin renard; fines herbes mixed herbs, fines herbes.

II.

fin nf

1 ( terme) end; (de séance, réunion, période) close, end; ( façon dont se termine quelque chose) ending; à la fin de at the end of; fin août/septembre at the end of August/September; en fin de journée/semaine/mois at the end of the day/week/month; à la fin des années 70 in the late '70s; en fin de matinée/d'après-midi late in the morning/afternoon; vers or sur la fin toward(s) the end; en fin de séance ( à la Bourse) at the close; jusqu'à la fin to the (very) end; jusqu'à la fin des temps until the end of time; toucher or tirer à sa fin to be coming ou drawing to an end; tout a une fin everything comes to an end; prendre fin to come to an end; mettre fin à to put an end to; mettre fin à ses jours to take one's own life, to put an end to one's life; ‘fin’ (dans un film, roman) ‘the end’; la fin du monde lit, fig the end of the world; c'est la fin de leurs espoirs it's the end of their hopes; avoir des fins de mois difficiles to find it hard to make ends meet at the end of the month; la quatrième en partant de la fin the fourth from the bottom ou end; la table des matières est à la fin du livre the table of contents is at the back of the book; payable fin janvier/courant/prochain payable at the end of January/of this month/of next month; c'est la fin de tout it's the last straw; mener qch à bonne fin to carry sth off, to bring sth to a successful conclusion; c'est un bon film mais je n'ai pas aimé la fin it's a good film but I didn't like the ending; sans fin [combats, discussions, guerre] endless, never-ending; [discuter, épiloguer, se disputer] endlessly; à la fin in the end; tu vas te taire à la fin○! for God's sake, be quiet!, be quiet already○ US!; tu m'ennuies à la fin○! you're really getting on my nerves!; chômeur en fin de droits unemployed person who is no longer entitled to unemployment benefit; fin de siècle pej decadent, fin-de-siècle;

2 ( mort) end, death; une fin tragique/prématurée a tragic/premature end ou death; il ne vous entend plus, c'est la fin he can no longer hear you, he's dying;

3 ( but) end, aim, purpose; à cette fin to this end; à toutes fins utiles for whatever purpose it may serve; arriver or parvenir à ses fins to achieve one's aims; à seule fin de for the sole purpose of; ce n'est pas une fin en soi it's not an end in itself.

Composés

fin de l'exercice end of the financial year; fin de semaine weekend; fin de série Comm oddment.

Idiomes

la fin justifie les moyens, qui veut la fin veut les moyens the end justifies the means.

I

( féminin fine) [fɛ̃, fin] adjectif

1. [mince - sable, pinceau] fine ; [ - cheveu, fil] fine, thin ; [ - écriture] fine, small ; [ - doigt, jambe, taille, main] slim, slender

[peu épais - papier, tranche] thin ; [ - collant, bas] sheer

pluie fine drizzle

haricots verts fins high quality green beans

2. [délicat - visage, traits] delicate

3. [aiguisé - pointe] sharp

4. [de qualité - aliments, produit] high-quality, top-quality ; [ - mets, repas] delicate, exquisite, refined ; [ - dentelle, lingerie] delicate, fine ; [ - or, pierre, vin] fine

5. [subtil - observation, description] subtle, clever ; [ - personne] perceptive, subtle ; [ - esprit] sharp, keen, shrewd ; [ - plaisanterie] witty

ce n'était pas très fin de ta part it wasn't very smart ou clever of you

c'est fin! (familier & ironique) very clever!

ne joue pas au plus fin avec moi don't try to outwit ou to outsmart me

c'est une fine mouche he's a sharp customer

6. [sensible - ouïe, vue] sharp, keen, acute ; [ - odorat] discriminating, sensitive

7. (avant le nom) [extrême]

dans le ou au fin fond du placard at the very back of the closet

au fin fond de la campagne in the depths of the countryside, in the middle of nowhere (péjoratif)

le fin mot de l'histoire c'est... the best of it is...

on ne connaîtra jamais le fin mot de l'histoire we'll never know what really happened ou the real story

8. (avant le nom) [excellent]

fin connaisseur (great) connoisseur

un fin tireur a crack shot

la fine équipe! what a team!

un fin gourmet a gourmet

fin adverbe

1. [finement - moulu] finely ; [ - taillé] sharply

c'est écrit trop fin it's written too small

hâché fin [herbes] finely chopped

2. [tout à fait]

être fin prêt to be ready

être fin saoul (soutenu) to be blind drunk

fine bouche nom féminin

1. [gourmet]

c'est une fine bouche he's a gourmet

2. (locution)

tu ne vas pas faire la fine bouche! don't be so choosy!

fine gueule nom féminin

(familier) gourmet

II

[fɛ̃] nom féminin

1. [terme - d'une période, d'un mandat] end ; [ - d'une journée, d'un match] end, close ; [ - d'une course] end, finish ; [ - d'un film, d'un roman] end, ending (substantif comptable)

jusqu'à la fin des temps ou des siècles until the end of time

par une fin d'après-midi de juin late on a June afternoon

fin mai/1997 (at the) end of May/1997

se battre/rester jusqu'à la fin to fight/to stay to the very end

mener quelque chose à bonne fin to pull ou to carry something off (successfully)

mettre fin à quelque chose to put an end to something

mettre fin à ses jours to put an end to one's life, to take one's own life

prendre fin to come to an end

tirer ou toucher à sa fin to come to an end, to draw to a close

fin de citation end of quotation

fin de semaine weekend

en fin de semaine at the end of the week

faire une fin to settle down, to get married

on n'en voit pas la fin there doesn't seem to be any end to it

ça y est, j'en vois la fin! at last, I can see the light at the end of the tunnel!

avoir ou connaître des fins de mois difficiles to find it hard to make ends meet (at the end of the month)

2. [disparition] end

la fin de la civilisation inca the end ou death of Inca civilization

ce n'est quand même pas la fin du monde! it's not the end of the world, is it!

c'est la fin de tout ou des haricots! (familier & humoristique) our goose is cooked!

3. [mort] death, end

avoir une fin tragique/lente to die a tragic/slow death

la fin approche the end is near

4. [objectif] end, purpose

à cette fin to this end, for this purpose, with that aim in mind

à seule fin de with the sole aim of, (simply) for the sake of, purely in order to

arriver ou parvenir à ses fins to achieve one's aim

à des fins personnelles for personal ou private use

à des fins politiques/religieuses to political/religious ends

fin en soi end in itself

la fin justifie les moyens (proverbe) , qui veut la fin veut les moyens (proverbe) the end justifies the means (proverbe)

5. DROIT

fin de non-recevoir demurrer

opposer une fin de non-recevoir à quelqu'un (figuré) to turn down somebody's request bluntly

6. COMMERCE

fin courant at the end of the current month

fins de série oddments

————————

à la fin locution adverbiale

1. [finalement] in the end, eventually

2. (familier) [ton irrité]

mais à la fin, où est-il? where on earth is it?

tu es énervant à la fin! you're beginning to get on my nerves!

————————

à la fin de locution prépositionnelle

at the end ou close of

à toutes fins utiles locution adverbiale

1. [pour information]

je vous signale à toutes fins utiles que... for your information, let me point out that...

2. [le cas échéant] just in case

dans la boîte à gants j'avais mis à toutes fins utiles une carte de France I had put a map of France in the glove compartment just in case

————————

en fin de locution prépositionnelle

en fin de soirée/match towards the end of the evening/match

être en fin de liste to be ou to come at the end of the list

être en fin de course [athlète, président] to be at the end of the road (figuré)

être en fin de droit to come to the end of one's entitlement (to an allowance)

en fin de compte locution adverbiale

in the end, when all is said and done

fin de race locution adjectivale

degenerate

fin de siècle locution adjectivale

decadent, fin de siècle

————————

sans fin locution adjectivale

1. [interminable] endless, interminable, never-ending

2. TECHNOLOGIE endless

————————

sans fin locution adverbiale

endlessly, interminably

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > fin
49 ψυχή

ψυχή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; ‘life, soul’) It is oft. impossible to draw hard and fast lines in the use of this multivalent word. Gen. it is used in ref. to dematerialized existence or being, but, apart fr. other data, the fact that ψ. is also a dog’s name suggests that the primary component is not metaphysical, s. SLonsdale, Greece and Rome 26, ’79, 146–59. Without ψ. a being, whether human or animal, consists merely of flesh and bones and without functioning capability. Speculations and views respecting the fortunes of ψ. and its relation to the body find varied expression in our lit.

① life on earth in its animating aspect making bodily function possible

ⓐ (breath of) life, life-principle, soul, of animals (Galen, Protr. 13 p. 42, 27 John; Gen 9:4) Rv 8:9. As a rule of human beings (Gen 35:18; 3 Km 17:21; ApcEsdr 5:13 λαμβάνει τὴν ψυχὴν the fetus in its sixth month) Ac 20:10. When it leaves the body death occurs Lk 12:20 (cp. Jos., C. Ap. 1, 164; on the theme cp. Pind., I. 1, 67f). The soul is delivered up to death (the pass. in ref. to divine initiative), i.e. into a condition in which it no longer makes contact with the physical structure it inhabited 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12), whereupon it leaves the realm of earth and lives on in Hades (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2; Jos., Ant. 6, 332) Ac 2:27 (Ps 15:10), 31 v.l. or some other place outside the earth Rv 6:9; 20:4; ApcPt 10:25 (GrBar 10:5 τὸ πεδίον … οὗπερ ἔρχονται αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν δικαίων; ApcEsdr 7:3 ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν; Himerius, Or. 8 [23]: his consecrated son [παῖς ἱερός 7] Rufinus, when he dies, leaves his σῶμα to the death-daemon, while his ψυχή goes into οὐρανός, to live w. the gods 23).—B 5:13 (s. Ps 21:21).

ⓑ the condition of being alive, earthly life, life itself (Diod S 1, 25, 6 δοῦναι τὴν ψυχήν=give life back [to the dead Horus]; 3, 26, 2; 14, 65, 2; 16, 78, 5; Jos., Ant. 18, 358 σωτηρία τῆς ψυχῆς; 14, 67; s. Reader, Polemo 354 [reff.]) ζητεῖν τὴν ψυχήν τινος Mt 2:20 (cp. Ex 4:19); Ro 11:3 (3 Km 19:10, 14). δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ (cp. Eur., Phoen. 998) Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45; John says for this τιθέναι τὴν ψυχὴν J 10:11, 15, 17, (18); 13:37f; 15:13; 1J 3:16ab; παραδιδόναι Ac 15:26; Hs 9, 28, 2. παραβολεύεσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ Phil 2:30 (s. παραβολεύομαι). To love one’s own life (JosAs 13:1 ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου) Rv 12:11; cp. B 1:4; 4:6; 19:5; D 2:7. Life as prolonged by nourishment Mt 6:25ab; Lk 12:22f. Cp. 14:26; Ac 20:24; 27:10, 22; 28:19 v.l.; Ro 16:4. S. also 2e below.

ⓒ by metonymy, that which possesses life/soul (cp. 3 below) ψυχὴ ζῶσα (s. Gen 1:24) a living creature Rv 16:3 v.l. for ζωῆς. Cp. ἐγένετο Ἀδὰμ εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7. S. πνεῦμα 5f). ψυχὴ ζωῆς Rv 16:3.

② seat and center of the inner human life in its many and varied aspects, soul

ⓐ of the desire for luxurious living (cp. the OT expressions Ps 106:9 [=ParJer 9:20, but in sense of d below]; Pr 25:25; Is 29:8; 32:6; Bar 2:18b; PsSol 4:17. But also X., Cyr. 8, 7, 4; ins in CB I/2, 477 no. 343, 5 the soul as the seat of enjoyment of the good things in life) of the rich man ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου• ψυχή, ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου Lk 12:19 (cp. PsSol 5:12; Aelian, VH 1, 32 εὐφραίνειν τὴν ψυχήν; X., Cyr. 6, 2, 28 ἡ ψυχὴ ἀναπαύσεται.—The address to the ψυχή as PsSol 3, 1; Cyranides p. 41, 27). Cp. Rv 18:14.

ⓑ of evil desires (PsSol 4:13; Tat. 23, 2) 2 Cl 16:2; 17:7.

ⓒ of feelings and emotions (Anacr., Fgm. 4 Diehl² [15 Page]; Diod S 8, 32, 3; JosAs 6:1; SibOr 3, 558; Just., D. 2, 4; Mel., P. 18, 124 al.) περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου (cp. Ps 41:6, 12; 42:5) Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34. ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται J 12:27; cp. Ac 2:43 (s. 3 below).—Lk 1:46; 2:35; J 10:24; Ac 14:2, 22; 15:24; Ro 2:9; 1 Th 2:8 (τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς our hearts full of love); Hb 12:3; 2 Pt 2:8; 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11); 23:3 (scriptural quot. of unknown origin); B 3:1, 5b (s. on these two passages Is 58:3, 5, 10b); 19:3; Hm 4, 2, 2; 8:10; Hs 1:8; 7:4; D 3:9ab. ἐμεγαλύνθη ἡ ψυχή μου GJs 5:2; 19:2 (s. μεγαλύνω 1). αὔξειν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ Παύλου AcPl Ha 6, 10. It is also said of God in the anthropomorphic manner of expr. used by the OT ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὸ̔ν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1); cp. Hb 10:38 (Hab 2:4).—One is to love God ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ Mt 22:37; Lk 10:27. Also ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς (Dt 6:5; 10:12; 11:13) Mk 12:30, 33 v.l. (for ἰσχύος); Lk 10:27 v.l. (Epict. 2, 23, 42; 3, 22, 18; 4, 1, 131; M. Ant. 12, 29; Sextus 379.—X., Mem. 3, 11, 10 ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ). ἐκ ψυχῆς from the heart, gladly (Jos., Ant. 17, 177.—The usual form is ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς: X., An. 7, 7, 43, Apol. 18 al.; Theocr. 8, 35) Eph 6:6; Col 3:23; ἐκ ψυχῆς σου B 3:5a (Is 58:10a); 19:6. μιᾷ ψυχῇ with one mind (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 30) Phil 1:27; cp. Ac 4:32 (on the combination w. καρδία s. that word 1bη and EpArist 17); 2 Cl 12:3 (s. 1 Ch 12:39b; Diog. L. 5, 20 ἐρωτηθεὶς τί ἐστι φίλος, ἔφη• μία ψυχὴ δύο σώμασιν ἐνοικοῦσα).

ⓓ as the seat and center of life that transcends the earthly (Pla., Phd. 28, 80ab; Paus. 4, 32, 4 ἀθάνατός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου ψ.; Just., A I, 44, 9 περὶ ἀθανασίας ψυχῆς; Ath. 27, 2 ἀθάνατος οὖσα. Opp. Tat. 13, 1, who argues the state of the ψ. before the final judgment and states that it is not immortal per se but experiences the fate of the body οὐκ ἔστιν ἀθάνατος). As such it can receive divine salvation σῴζου σὺ καὶ ἡ ψυχή σου be saved, you and your soul Agr 5 (Unknown Sayings 61–64). σῴζειν τὰς ψυχάς Js 1:21. ψυχὴν ἐκ θανάτου 5:20; cp. B 19:10; Hs 6, 1, 1 (on death of the ψ. s. Achilles Tat. 7, 5, 3 τέθνηκας θάνατον διπλοῦν, ψυχῆς κ. σώματος). σωτηρία ψυχῶν 1 Pt 1:9. περιποίησις ψυχῆς Hb 10:39. It can also be lost 2 Cl 15:1; B 20:1; Hs 9, 26, 3. Humans cannot injure it, but God can hand it over to destruction Mt 10:28ab; AcPl Ha 1, 4. ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχήν (ζημιόω 1) Mt 16:26a; Mk 8:36 (FGrant, Introd. to NT Thought, ’50, 162); 2 Cl 6:2. There is nothing more precious than ψυχή in this sense Mt 16:26b; Mk 8:37. It stands in contrast to σῶμα, in so far as that is σάρξ (cp. Ar. 15, 7 οὐ κατὰ σάρκα … ἀλλὰ κατὰ ψυχήν; Tat. 15, 1 οὔτε … χωρὶς σώματος; Ath. 1, 4 τὰ σώματα καὶ τὰς ψυχάς; SIG 383, 42 [I B.C.]) Dg 6:1–9. The believer’s soul knows God 2 Cl 17:1. One Christian expresses the hope that all is well w. another’s soul 3J 2 (s. εὐοδόω). For the soul of the Christian is subject to temptations 1 Pt 2:11 and 2 Pt 2:14; longs for rest Mt 11:29 (ParJer 5:32 ὁ θεὸς … ἡ ἀνάπαυσις τῶν ψυχῶν); and must be purified 1 Pt 1:22 (cp. Jer 6:16). The soul must be entrusted to God 1 Pt 4:19; cp. 1 Cl 27:1. Christ is its ποιμὴν καὶ ἐπίσκοπος (s. ἐπίσκοπος 1) 1 Pt 2:25; its ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ προστάτης 1 Cl 61:3; its σωτήρ MPol 19:2. Apostles and congregational leaders are concerned about the souls of the believers 2 Cor 12:15; Hb 13:17. The Christian hope is called the anchor of the soul 6:19. Paul calls God as a witness against his soul; if he is lying, he will forfeit his salvation 2 Cor 1:23.—Also life of this same eternal kind κτήσεσθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν you will gain (real) life for yourselves Lk 21:19.

ⓔ Since the soul is the center of both the earthly (1a) and the transcendent (2d) life, pers. can find themselves facing the question concerning the wish to ensure it for themselves: ὸ̔ς ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν• ὸ̔ς δʼ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, σώσει αὐτήν Mk 8:35. Cp. Mt 10:39; 16:25; Lk 9:24; 17:33; J 12:25. The contrast betw. τὴν ψυχὴν εὑρεῖν and ἀπολέσαι is found in Mt 10:39ab (s. HGrimme, BZ 23, ’35, 263f); 16:25b; σῶσαι and ἀπολέσαι vs. 25a; Mk 8:35ab; Lk 9:24ab; περιποιήσασθαι, ζῳογονῆσαι and ἀπολέσαι 17:33; φιλεῖν and ἀπολλύναι J 12:25a; μισεῖν and φυλάσσειν vs. 25b.

ⓕ On the combination of ψυχή and πνεῦμα in 1 Th 5:23; Hb 4:12 (Just., D. 6, 2; Tat. 15, 1 χρὴ … ζευγνύναι … τὴν ψυχὴν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ) s. πνεῦμα 3a, end.—A-JFestugière, L’idéal religieux des Grecs et l’Évangile ’32, 212–17.—A unique combination is … σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων, slaves and human lives Rv 18:13 (cp. Ezk 27:13; on the syntax s. Mussies 98).

ⓖ In var. Semitic languages the reflexive relationship is paraphrased with נֶפֶשׁ (Gr.-Rom. parallels in W-S. §22, 18b note 33); the corresp. use of ψυχή may be detected in certain passages in our lit., esp. in quots. fr. the OT and in places where OT modes of expr. have had considerable influence (B-D-F §283, 4; W-S. §22, 18b; Mlt. 87; 105 n. 2; Rob. 689; KHuber, Untersuchungen über d. Sprachcharakter des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 67), e.g. Mt 11:29; 26:38; Mk 10:45; 14:34; Lk 12:19; 14:26; J 10:24; 12:27; 2 Cor 1:23; 3J 2; Rv 18:14; 1 Cl 16:11 (Is 53:10); B 3:1, 3 (Is 58:3, 5); 4:2; 17:1. Cp. also 2 Cor 12:15; Hb 13:17; GJs 2:2; 13:2; 15:3 (on these last s. ταπεινόω 2b).

③ an entity w. personhood, person ext. of 2 by metonymy (cp. 1c): πᾶσα ψυχή everyone (Epict. 1, 28, 4; Lev 7:27; 23:29 al.) Ac 2:43; 3:23 (Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; 13:1; Jd 15; 1 Cl 64; Hs 9, 18, 5.—Pl. persons, cp. our expression ‘number of souls’ (Pla. et al.; PTebt 56, 11 [II B.C.] σῶσαι ψυχὰς πολλάς; LXX) ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι Ac 2:41; cp. 7:14 (Ex 1:5); 27:37; 1 Pt 3:20.—This may also be the place for ἔξεστιν ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι; is it permissible to rescue a person ( a human life is also poss.) or must we let the person die? Mk 3:4; Lk 6:9. Cp. 9:55 [56] v.l.—EHatch, Essays in Bibl. Gk. 1889, 112–24; ERohde, Psyche^9–10 1925; JBöhme, D. Seele u. das Ich im homer. Epos 1929; EBurton, Spirit, Soul and Flesh 1918; FRüsche, Blut, Leben u. Seele 1930; MLichtenstein, D. Wort nefeš in d. Bibel 1920; WStaples, The ‘Soul’ in the OT: JSL 44, 1928, 145–76; FBarth, La notion Paulinienne de ψυχή: RTP 44, 1911, 316–36; ChGuignebert, RHPR 9, 1929, 428–50; NSnaith, Life after Death: Int 1, ’47, 309–25; essays by OCullmann, HWolfson, WJaeger, HCadbury in Immortality and Resurrection, ed. KStendahl, ’65, 9–53; GDautzenberg, Sein Leben Bewahren ’66 (gospels); R Jewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 334–57; also lit. cited GMachemer, HSCP 95, ’93, 121, 13.—TJahn, Zum Wortfeld ‘Seele-Geist’ in der Sprache Homers (Zetemata 83) ’81.—B. 1087. New Docs 4, 38f (trichotomy). DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ψυχή
50 पर _para

पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optional- ly like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position)

1 Other, differ- ent, another; see पर m also.

-2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4.

-3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158.

-4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31.

-5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42.

-9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27.

-7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.).

-8 Alien, estranged, stranger.

-9 Hostile, inimical, adverse,

-1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred.

-11 Final, last.

-12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest ob- ject, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c.

-रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also.

-2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21.

-3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8.

-रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point.

-2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16.

-3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19.

-4 The secondary meaning of a word.

-5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट).

-6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-- The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbi- ally; e. g. (a) परम्

1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17.

-2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c.

-3 thereupon, there- after.

-4 but, however.

-5 otherwise.

-6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c.

-7 most willingly.

-8 only.

-9 at the utmost. (b) परेण

1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2.

-2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49.

-3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे

1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73.

-2 in future.

-Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body.

-अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva.

-अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11.

-अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia.

-अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness.

-अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119.

-अन्तः final death. (

-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people.

-अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva.

-2 a frontier.

-अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6.

-अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (

-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12.

- अपर a.

1 far and near, remote and proximate.

-2 prior and posterior.

-3 before and beyond, earlier and later.

-4 higher and lower, best and worst. (

-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (

-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with 1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8.

-अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1.

-अमृतम् rain.

- अयण (अयन) a.

1 attached or devoted to, adhering to.

-2 depending on, subject to.

-3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c.

-4 connected with.

-5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4.

-6 leading or conducive to.

-(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12.

-2 essence, sum.

-3 Ved. going away, departure, exit.

-4 firm devotion.

-5 a universal medicine, panacea.

-6 a religious order.

-अर्थ a.

1 having another aim or meaning.

-2 intended or designed for another, done for another.

(-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advan- tage.

-2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29.

-3 the chief or highest meaning.

-4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse).

-5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9.

-6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3.

-7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute.

-अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (

-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another.

-अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6.

-2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S.

-अर्धक a. One half of anything.

-अर्ध्य a.

1 being on the farther side or half.

-2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br.

-3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45.

-4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1.

-5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58.

-6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64.

(-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum.

-2 an infinite number.

- अवर a.

1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23.

-2 earlier and later.

-3 prior and posterior or subsequent.

-4 higher and lower.

-5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15.

-6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (

-रा) descendants.

(-रम्) 1 cause and effect.

-2 the whole extent of an idea.

-3 the universe.

-4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5.

-अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12.

-अहः the next day.

-अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day.

-आगमः attack of an enemy.

-आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (

-तः) a slave.

-आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit.

-आयत्त a.

1 depend- ent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4.

-2 Wholly subdued or over- whelmed by.

-आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12.

-आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-आश्रय a. dependent upon another.

(-यः) 1 dependence upon another.

-2 the retreat of enemies. (

-या) a plant growing on another tree.

-आसङ्गः dependence upon another.

-आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber.

- इतर a.

1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind.

-2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14.

-ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-इष्टिः N. of Brahman.

-इष्टुका a cow which has often calved.

-उत्कर्षः another's prosperity.

-उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo.

-उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्.

-उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others.

-उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13.

-उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्.

-उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy.

-उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging.

-ऊढा another's wife.

-एधित a. fostered or brought up by another.

(-तः) 1 a servant.

-2 the (Indian) cuckoo.

-कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant.

-कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116.

-कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art).

-कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1.

-कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः

1 a benevolent man.

-2 a slave, servant.

-काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later.

-कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26.

-क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants.

-क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic.

-क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body.

-2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49.

-3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175.

-गामिन् a.

1 being with another.

-2 relating to another.

-3 beneficial to another.

-गुण a. beneficial to another. (

-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78.

-ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articu- lation.

-ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3.

-चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy.

-2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v.

-3 a hostile prince.

-छन्द a. dependent.

(-दः) 1 the will of another.

-2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another.

-छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another.

-ज a.

1 stranger.

-2 coming from a foe.

-3 inferior.

-जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9.

-जन्मन् n. a future birth.

-जात a.

1 born of another.

-2 dependent on another for livelihood. (

-तः) a servant.

-जित a.

1 conquered by another.

-2 main- tained by another. (

-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo.

-तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient.

-तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्).

-तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bib- liotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक.

-तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife.

-तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect.

-दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery.

-दारिन् m. an adulterer.

-दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13.

-देवता the Supreme Being.

-देशः a hostile or foreign country.

-देशिन् m. a foreigner.

-द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical.

-धनम् another's property.

-धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.

-2 another's duty or business.

-3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97.

-ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P.

-निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c.

-निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.).

-पक्षः the side or party of an enemy.

-पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence.

-2 final beati- tude.

-परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22.

-हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3.

-परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others.

-पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house.

-पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥

-पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112.

-पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh.

-पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero.

-पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger.

-2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu.

-3 the hus- band of another woman.

-पुष्ट a.

1 fed or nourished by another.

-2 Stranger. (

-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree.

-पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo.

-2 a parasitical plant.

-3 a harlot, prostitute.

-पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163.

-प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son.

-प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ).

-प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave.

-ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7).

-भागः 1 another's share.

-2 superior merit.

-3 good fortune, prosperity.

-4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15.

-5 the last part, remainder.

-भाव a. loving another.

-भावः the being second member in a compound.

-भाषा a foreign tongue.

-भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P.

-भूत a. following, subsequent (as words).

-भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo).

-भृत a. nourished by another.

-भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nouri- shed by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1.

-भतम् 1 another's opinion.

-2 dif- ferent opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy.

-मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another.

-मृत्युः a crow.

-रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18.

-लोकः the next (or fur- ture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38.

-वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, depen- dent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्.

-वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3.

-वाणिः 1 a judge.

-2 a year.

-3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya.

-वादः 1 rumour, report.

-2 Objection, controversy.

-वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist.

-वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being.

-व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.

-शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1.

-श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow.

-संगत a.

1 asso- ciated with another.

-2 fighting with another.

-संज्ञकः the soul.

-सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.).

-सात् ind. into the hands of an- other. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage.

-सेवा service of another.

-स्त्री another's wife.

-स्वम् another's pro- perty; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property.

-हन् a. killing enemies.

-हित a.

1 benevolent.

-2 profitable to another.

-तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > पर _para
51 retour

retour [ʀ(ə)tuʀ]

1. masculine noun

   a. ( = fait d'être revenu) return ; ( = billet) return ticket

• être sur le (chemin du) retour to be on one's way back

• pendant le retour on the way back

• être de retour (de) to be back (from)

• à votre retour, écrivez-nous write to us when you get back

• de retour à la maison back home

• au retour de notre voyage when we got back from our trip

• à son retour d'Afrique/du service militaire when he got back from Africa/from military service

   b. (à un état antérieur) retour à return to

• le retour à une vie normale the return to normal life

• retour à la nature/la terre return to nature/the land

• retour aux sources (aux origines) return to basics ; (à la nature) return to the basic life ; (à son village natal) return to one's roots

• retour à la normale return to normal

• retour au calme return to a state of calm

• son retour à la politique his return to politics

   c. ( = réapparition) return

• le retour du printemps/de la paix the return of spring/of peace

   d. [d'emballage, objets invendus] return

• retour à l'envoyeur or à l'expéditeur return to sender

   e. ( = partie de bureau) (desk) extension

   f. (Computing) touche retour return key

   g. (Tennis) return

• retour de service return of service

• match retour (Sport) return match

   h. (Finance) retour sur investissements return on investments

   i. (locutions) par un juste retour des choses, il a été cette fois récompensé things went his way this time and he got his just reward

• par un juste retour des choses, il a été puni he was punished, which served him right

• par retour (du courrier) by return (of post)

• en retour in return

• choc or effet en retour backlash

2. compounds

► retour d'âge change of life

► retour en arrière (Cinema, literature) flashback ; ( = souvenir) look back ; ( = mesure rétrograde) retreat

• faire un retour en arrière to look back ; (Cinema) to flash back ► retour de bâton backlash

► retour en force

• il y a eu un retour en force du racisme racism is back with a vengeance

• on assiste à un retour en force de leur parti sur la scène politique their party is making a big comeback ► retour de manivelle

• il y aura un retour de manivelle it'll backfire

* * *
ʀ(ə)tuʀ
nom masculin

1) ( trajet) return

(billet de) retour — return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US

au retour — on the way back

être sur le chemin du retour — to be on one's way back

notre retour s'est bien passé — we got back safely

il pense déjà à son retour — he's already thinking about going back

2) ( au point de départ) return

à mon retour à Paris/de Paris — on my return to Paris/from Paris

être de retour — to be back

de retour à la maison — back home

à son retour, elle m'a téléphoné — when she got back, she phoned me

partir sans espoir de retour — to leave for good

3) ( à un stade antérieur) return

retour à la normale — return to normal

on attend le retour au calme — people are waiting for things to calm down

retour à la terre — going back to the land

‘retour à la case départ’ — ‘back to square one’

il connaît maintenant le succès et c'est un juste retour des choses — he's successful now, and deservedly so

4) ( réapparition) return

le retour de la mode des années 60 — the return of 60s fashions

faire un retour en force — [chanteur] to make a big comeback; [idéologie] to be back with a vengeance; [cycliste, coureur] to make a strong comeback

5) ( échange)

elle s'engage, en retour, à payer la facture — she undertakes for her part to pay the bill

aimer sans retour — liter to suffer from unrequited love

6) Commerce ( objet invendu) return; ( de bouteille) return

‘sans retour ni consigne’ — ‘no deposit or return’

7) ( renvoi)

par retour du courrier — by return of post GB, by the next mail US

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- retour d'âge

- retour en arrière

- retour de balancier or de bâton or de manivelle

- retour de marée

••

être sur le retour — (colloq) to be over the hill (colloq)

* * *
ʀ(ə)tuʀ
1. nm

1) (= fait d'être revenu) return

au retour de qn — on sb's return

à mon retour — on my return

à ton retour — on your return

au retour; au retour, ils devront... — when they get back, they will have to...

être de retour — to be back

Je serai de retour la semaine prochaine. — I'll be back next week.

être de retour de — to be back from

de retour à... — back at...

de retour chez moi — back home

2) (= trajet) trip back, return journey

Le retour a été rapide. — The trip back was quick., The return journey was quick.

au retour (= en route) — on the way back

pendant le retour — on the way back

les retours de vacances (sur les routes) — homebound holiday traffic

3)

retour en arrière CINÉMA — flashback, (= mesure) backward step

4) (avec idée de réciprocité) (retour d'information) feedback

en retour — in return

5) POSTE

retour à l'envoyeur — return to sender

par retour du courrier — by return of post

6) COMMERCE (invendus) return

7) TENNIS, [service] return

2. adj

1) SPORT

match retour — return match

2) INFORMATIQUE

touche retour — return key

* * *

retour nm

1 ( trajet) return; (billet de) retour return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US; ils me payent l'aller, non le retour they're paying for my outward journey but not for the return; au retour nous nous sommes arrêtés pour déjeuner we stopped for lunch on the way back; la pluie s'est mise à tomber pendant notre retour it started raining as we were on our way back; être sur le chemin du retour to be on one's way back; notre retour s'est bien passé we got back safely; il faut penser au retour ( à rentrer) we must think about getting back; ( au voyage pour rentrer) we must think about the return journey; il vient juste d'arriver mais il pense déjà à son retour he's only just arrived but he's already thinking about going back; il prépare son retour dans son pays he's getting ready to return ou to go back to his own country; il y a des embouteillages à cause des retours de vacances there are traffic jams because of people coming back from their holidays GB ou vacations US;

2 ( au point de départ) return; retour sur terre return to earth; à mon retour à Paris/dans la région on ou upon my return to Paris/to the area; à son retour du front/de l'étranger on his return from the front/from abroad; être de retour to be back; je serai de retour avant minuit I'll be back by midnight; de retour à Paris, elle a ouvert un magasin back in Paris, she opened a shop GB ou store US; de retour à la maison back home; à son retour, elle m'a téléphoné when she got back, she phoned me; il attend le retour de sa femme pour prendre une décision he's waiting for his wife to return ou to come back before making a decision; un retour triomphal a triumphant return; fêter le retour de qn to celebrate sb's return; partir sans espoir de retour to leave for good;

3 ( à un stade antérieur) return; retour à la normale return to normal; on attend le retour au calme people are waiting for things to calm down; retour à la vie civile return to civilian life; retour à la terre going back to the land; retour à la nature return to nature; ‘retour à la case départ’ ‘back to square one’; retour aux sources ( aux principes) return to basics; ( à la nature) return to the simple life; ( vers ses racines) return to one's roots; il connaît maintenant le succès et c'est un juste retour des choses he's successful now, and deservedly so; donner qch en retour to give sth in return;

4 ( réapparition) return; le retour du beau temps/de l'hiver the return of the fine weather/of winter; le retour des hirondelles the swallows' return; le retour de la mode des années 60 the return of 60s fashions; le retour d'un chanteur après 15 ans de silence a singer's comeback after 15 years of silence; faire un retour en force [chanteur, artiste] to make a big comeback; [idéologie] to be back with a vengeance; [cycliste, coureur] to make a strong comeback;

5 ( échange) elle s'engage, en retour, à payer la facture she undertakes for her part to pay the bill; aimer sans retour liter to suffer from unrequited love littér;

6 Comm ( objets invendus) return; (de récipient, bouteille) return; (clause de) retour sans frais no protest clause; ‘sans retour ni consigne’ ‘no deposit or return’;

7 ( renvoi) retour à l'expéditeur or à l'envoyeur return to sender; par retour du courrier by return of post GB, by the next mail US;

8 ( au tennis) return; retour de service return of service;

9 Tech return; retour automatique du chariot automatic carriage return.

Composés

retour d'âge change of life; retour en arrière Cin, Littérat flashback; ce serait un retour en arrière ( pas souhaitable) it would be a step backward(s); un retour en arrière s'impose ( souhaitable) we must go back to the previous state of affairs; retour de balancier or de bâton○ backlash; en retour d'équerre at a right angle; retour de flamme Tech flashback; Aut, fig backfiring; retour de manivelle○ = retour de balancier; retour de marée undertow; retour à la masse or à la terre earth GB ou ground US return; retour offensif renewed attack; ‘retour rapide’ fast rewind; retour sur soi-même soul-searching; faire un retour sur soi-même to do some soul-searching.

Idiome

être sur le retour○ to be over the hill○.

[rətur] nom masculin

1. [chez soi, au point de départ] return

à ton retour when you return home ou get back

nous comptons sur ton retour pour Noël we expect you back (home) for Christmas

après dix années d'exil, c'est le retour au pays after a ten-year exile he's coming home

retour à un stade antérieur reverting ou returning to an earlier stage

sur le chemin ou la route du retour on the way back

retour à la normale return to normal

retour aux sources return to one's roots

retour à la terre return to the land

être sur le retour

a. (sens propre) to be about to return, to be on the point of returning

b. (figuré) to be past one's prime

ils doivent être sur le retour à présent they must be on their way back now

un don Juan sur le retour an ageing Don Juan

une beauté sur le retour a waning beauty

2. [nouvelle apparition - d'une célébrité] return, reappearance

[récurrence - d'une mode, d'un thème] return, recurrence

on note un retour des jupes longues long skirts are back (in fashion)

3. [mouvement inverse]

faire un retour sur soi-même to review one's past life

retour arrière IMPRIMERIE backspace

retour de bâton kickback

retour (de) chariot carriage return

retour de flamme TECHNOLOGIE (figuré) backfire

retour rapide [cassette] rewind

retour à la case départ

a. JEUX back to the start

b. (figuré) back to square one ou to the drawing board

par un juste retour des choses il a été licencié he was sacked, which seemed fair enough under the circumstances

4. [réexpédition] return

retour à l'envoyeur ou à l'expéditeur return to sender

par retour du courrier by return of post

5. TRANSPORTS [trajet] return (journey), journey back

combien coûte le retour how much is the return fare?

6. DROIT reversion

faire retour à to revert to

7. TENNIS return

retour de service return of serve, service return

8. INFORMATIQUE

retour (d'information) (information) feedback

9. ARCHITECTURE return, (corner) angle

10. FINANCE

retour sur investissements return on investments

11. COMMERCE return

avec possibilité de retour on a sale or return basis

12. [meuble]

bureau avec retour desk with a right-angled extension unit

————————

[rətur] adjectif invariable

SPORT

match retour return match

————————

retours nom masculin pluriel

[de vacances] return traffic (from weekends etc.)

il y a beaucoup de retours ce soir many people are driving back to the city tonight

————————

de retour locution adverbiale

back

je serai de retour demain I'll be back tomorrow

de retour chez lui, il réfléchit (once he was) back home, he thought it over

————————

de retour de locution prépositionnelle

back from

de retour de Rio, je tentai de la voir on my return from Rio, I tried to see her

————————

en retour locution adverbiale

in return

————————

sans retour locution adverbiale

(littéraire) [pour toujours] forever, irrevocably

retour d'âge nom masculin

change of life

retour de manivelle nom masculin

1. MÉCANIQUE kickback

2. [choc en retour] backlash

[conséquence néfaste] backlash, repercussion

retour en arrière nom masculin

1. CINÉMA & LITTÉRATURE flashback

2. [régression] step backwards (figuré)

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > retour
52 life

[laɪf] 1.
nome (pl. lives)

1) (as opposed to death) vita f.

a matter of life and death — una questione di vita o di morte

to bring sb. back to life — riportare in vita qcn.; med. rianimare qcn.

to take one's own life — togliersi la vita

plant, marine life — la vita vegetale, marina

life has to go on — la vita continua

that's life — così è la vita

run for your life! — si salvi chi può!

2) (period from birth to death) vita f.

throughout one's life — per tutta la vita

the first time in my life — la prima volta nella mia vita

romance of one's life — amore della propria vita

I got the fright of my life! — è stato il più grande spavento della mia vita!

a job for life — un lavoro per tutta la vita

to mark sb. for life — marcare qcn. a vita

in later life — più avanti negli anni

at my time of life — alla mia età

in her early life — quando era giovane

3) (biography) vita f.

4) (animation) vita f., vitalità f.

full of life — pieno di vita

there was no life in her voice — non c'era vitalità nella sua voce

there's not much life in the town in winter — in questa città non c'è molta vita d'inverno

to come to life — [ person] rinvenire, riprendere conoscenza; [ fictional character] prendere vita; [ party] animarsi

to bring history to life — fare rivivere la storia

put a bit of life into it — colloq. mettici un po' di animo

5) (social activity, lifestyle) vita f.

to lead a busy life — avere una vita piena di impegni

private life — vita privata

in public life — in pubblico

way of life — modo di vivere

to live the good o high life — fare la bella vita

6) (human beings)

without loss of life — senza perdite di vite umane

the ship sank with the loss of 500 lives — il naufragio della nave ha causato la morte di 500 persone

7) (useful duration)

the average life of a washing machine — la durata media di una lavatrice

there's plenty of life still left in them — sono ancora utilizzabili

8) dir.

to serve o do colloq. life scontare un ergastolo; to sentence sb. to life condannare qcn. all'ergastolo; to get life — colloq. farsi dare l'ergastolo

9) art.

from life — [draw, paint] dal vero
2.
modificatore [president, membership, ban] a vita

••

anything for a quiet life — qualsiasi cosa per amore del quieto vivere

for dear life — più che si può, con tutte le forze

he couldn't for the life of him see why — non riusciva assolutamente a capire il perché

get a life! — colloq. lasciami vivere!

not on your life! — certo che no! neanche per sogno!

this is the life! — questa sì che è vita!

to frighten the life out of sb. — spaventare a morte qcn.

to have the time of one's life — divertirsi come matti

to take one's life in one's hands — rischiare la vita

* * *

plural - lives; noun

1) (the quality belonging to plants and animals which distinguishes them from rocks, minerals etc and things which are dead: Doctors are fighting to save the child's life.) vita

2) (the period between birth and death: He had a long and happy life.) vita

3) (liveliness: She was full of life and energy.) vita

4) (a manner of living: She lived a life of ease and idleness.) vita

5) (the period during which any particular state exists: He had many different jobs during his working life.) vita

6) (living things: It is now believed that there may be life on Mars; animal life.) vita

7) (the story of a life: He has written a life of Churchill.) biografia

8) (life imprisonment: He was given life for murder.) ergastolo

•

- lifeless
- lifelike
- life-and-death
- lifebelt
- lifeboat
- lifebuoy
- life-cycle
- life expectancy
- lifeguard
- life-jacket
- lifeline
- lifelong
- life-saving
- life-sized
- life-size
- lifetime
- as large as life
- bring to life
- come to life
- for life
- the life and soul of the party
- not for the life of me
- not on your life!
- take life
- take one's life
- take one's life in one's hands
- to the life
* * *
[laɪf] 1.
nome (pl. lives)

1) (as opposed to death) vita f.

a matter of life and death — una questione di vita o di morte

to bring sb. back to life — riportare in vita qcn.; med. rianimare qcn.

to take one's own life — togliersi la vita

plant, marine life — la vita vegetale, marina

life has to go on — la vita continua

that's life — così è la vita

run for your life! — si salvi chi può!

2) (period from birth to death) vita f.

throughout one's life — per tutta la vita

the first time in my life — la prima volta nella mia vita

romance of one's life — amore della propria vita

I got the fright of my life! — è stato il più grande spavento della mia vita!

a job for life — un lavoro per tutta la vita

to mark sb. for life — marcare qcn. a vita

in later life — più avanti negli anni

at my time of life — alla mia età

in her early life — quando era giovane

3) (biography) vita f.

4) (animation) vita f., vitalità f.

full of life — pieno di vita

there was no life in her voice — non c'era vitalità nella sua voce

there's not much life in the town in winter — in questa città non c'è molta vita d'inverno

to come to life — [ person] rinvenire, riprendere conoscenza; [ fictional character] prendere vita; [ party] animarsi

to bring history to life — fare rivivere la storia

put a bit of life into it — colloq. mettici un po' di animo

5) (social activity, lifestyle) vita f.

to lead a busy life — avere una vita piena di impegni

private life — vita privata

in public life — in pubblico

way of life — modo di vivere

to live the good o high life — fare la bella vita

6) (human beings)

without loss of life — senza perdite di vite umane

the ship sank with the loss of 500 lives — il naufragio della nave ha causato la morte di 500 persone

7) (useful duration)

the average life of a washing machine — la durata media di una lavatrice

there's plenty of life still left in them — sono ancora utilizzabili

8) dir.

to serve o do colloq. life scontare un ergastolo; to sentence sb. to life condannare qcn. all'ergastolo; to get life — colloq. farsi dare l'ergastolo

9) art.

from life — [draw, paint] dal vero
2.
modificatore [president, membership, ban] a vita

••

anything for a quiet life — qualsiasi cosa per amore del quieto vivere

for dear life — più che si può, con tutte le forze

he couldn't for the life of him see why — non riusciva assolutamente a capire il perché

get a life! — colloq. lasciami vivere!

not on your life! — certo che no! neanche per sogno!

this is the life! — questa sì che è vita!

to frighten the life out of sb. — spaventare a morte qcn.

to have the time of one's life — divertirsi come matti

to take one's life in one's hands — rischiare la vita

English-Italian dictionary > life
53 set

I [set] n
1. 1) комплект, набор; коллекция

in sets - в комплектах, в наборах

a set of surgical instruments [of weights] - набор хирургических инструментов [гирь]

a set of exchange - ком. комплект экземпляров переводного векселя

a set of chessmen - шахматы

a set of stamps - комплект марок

a set of teeth - а) зубы, ряд зубов; б) вставные зубы, вставная челюсть

a set of sails - мор. комплект парусов

well-chosen [valuable] set - хорошо подобранная [ценная] коллекция

they are sold in sets of five - они продаются по пяти штук

2) сервиз

a set of china - фарфоровый сервиз

a fine set of silver plate - прекрасный серебряный (столовый) сервиз

3) гарнитур

a set of furniture - гарнитур мебели

4) прибор

toilet /dressing-table/ set - туалетный прибор

writing /desk/ set - письменный прибор

razor set - бритвенный прибор

5) (полный) комплект издания

a set of Pravda - комплект «Правды»

a set of Dickens - (полное) собрание сочинений Диккенса

2. 1) серия, ряд

a set of houses - ряд домов

a set of lectures - цикл лекций

a set of rules - список правил

a (special) set of circumstances - (особое) стечение обстоятельств

a set of assumptions - ряд допущений /предположений/

a set of questions - ряд вопросов

2) совокупность

a set of observations - совокупность наблюдений

3. 1) группа ( лиц); состав

a set of men - группа людей

a poor set of players - плохая команда, плохие игроки

four sets of dancers /partners/ - четыре пары танцоров

a new set of customers - новый круг покупателей /клиентов/

2) набор, состав (учащихся, студентов и т. п.)

a very satisfactory set of new girls - хороший новый состав учениц

3) компания, круг

the political [the literary] set - политические [литературные] круги

the smart /the fashionable/ set - а) законодатели мод; б) фешенебельное общество

gambling set - картёжники, завсегдатаи игорных домов

they have got into a bad set - они попали в плохую компанию

he belonged to the best set in the college - в колледже он принадлежал к числу избранных

he is not in their set, he does not belong to their set - он не принадлежит к их кругу [см. тж. 4)]

4) банда, шайка

a set of hooligans - банда хулиганов

a set of thieves - шайка воров

he is not in their set, he does not belong to their set - он не из их шайки [см. тж. 3)]

4. 1) театр., кино декорация

set designer - художник по декорациям; художник кинофильма

set dresser - кино декоратор

2) кино съёмочная площадка

on the set - на съёмочной площадке

5. спец. прибор, аппарат; установка, агрегат

6. приёмник

radio set - радиоприёмник

TV set - телевизор

7. фигура ( в танце); последовательность фигур

a set of quadrilles - (все) фигуры кадрили

we danced three or four sets of quadrilles - мы протанцевали три или четыре кадрили

8. завивка и укладка волос

9. сюита духовной музыки (месса и т. п.)

10. редк. меблированная квартира

11. дор. брусчатка, каменная шашка

12. спорт.

1) партия ( часть матча)

2) сет ( теннис)

13. спорт. расстановка игроков

14. геол. свита ( пород)

15. горн. оклад крепи

16. мат. множество

theory of sets - теория множеств

17. мат. семейство ( кривых)

18. полигр. гарнитура шрифта

19. полигр. набор

20. карт. недобор взяток ( бридж)
II
1. [set] n

1. тк. sing общие очертания, линия

the set of the drapery - линия драпировки

the set of his back [of his shoulders] - линия спины [плеч]

the set of the hills - линия /очертание/ гор

I knew him by the set of his hat - я узнал его по манере носить шляпу

2. строение; конфигурация; (тело)сложение

a set of the features - черты лица

the set of smb.'s head - посадка головы

of a manly set - мужественного телосложения

he is of a big and broad set - он крупный и широкоплечий мужчина

3. тк. sing

1) направление

the set of a tide [of a current, of wind] - направление прилива [течения реки, ветра]

2) направленность; тенденция

the set of his mind is towards intolerance - он отличается нетерпимостью

the set of public opinion /of public feeling/ - тенденция общественного мнения

a set towards mathematics - склонность к математике; математический склад ума

3) психол. направленность, установка ( на принятие наркотика)

4) наклон, отклонение

a set to the right - отклонение /наклон/ вправо

4. тк. sing поэт. заход, закат ( солнца)

at the set of sun - на заходе солнца

the set of day - конец дня

at the set of life - на склоне лет

5. музыкальный вечер (особ. джазовой музыки)

6. сад. молодой побег ( растения); завязь ( плода)

a set of blackthorn - побег тёрна

7. с.-х.

1) = set onion

2) посадочный материал (клубни картофеля и т. п.)

8. охот. стойка

9. тех. разводка для пил, развод зубьев пилы, ширина развода

10. стр. осадка ( сооружений)

11. тех. остаточная деформация

12. тех. обжимка, державка

13. полигр. толщина ( литеры)

♢ to be at a dead set - завязнуть, застрять

to make a dead set at smb. - а) обрушиваться /нападать/ на кого-л.; резко критиковать кого-л.; ≅ вцепиться в кого-л. зубами и когтями; б) делать всё возможное, чтобы завоевать кого-л. /завоевать чью-л. любовь, дружбу, доверие и т. п./; в) вешаться кому-л. на шею, навязывать свою любовь, пытаться влюбить в себя (обыкн. о женщине); г) охот. делать стойку ( о собаке)

2. [set] a

1. неподвижный; застывший

set smile - застывшая улыбка

set stare - неподвижный взор

set glassy eyes - остановившиеся стеклянные глаза

with a set face /countenance/ - с каменным лицом

his movements were set - в его движениях чувствовалась скованность

2. 1) определённый, твёрдо установленный, постоянный

set wage - твёрдый оклад, постоянная заработная плата

set price - твёрдая цена

set hand - установившийся почерк

the hall holds a set number of people - зал вмещает определённое количество людей

2) неизменный, постоянный; незыблемый

set pattern - штамп

set programme - постоянная /неизменная/ программа

a very set creed - крайний догматизм

set rules - незыблемые правила

set style - постоянный стиль ( теннис)

to dine at a set hour - обедать в определённые часы /в одно и то же время/ [ср. тж. 4]

to be set in one's ways [ideas] - никогда не изменять своим привычкам [взглядам]

3) шаблонный; стереотипный

set phrase - клише

in set terms /phrases/ - в шаблонных /избитых/ выражениях, казённым /официальным/ языком

3. установленный (законом, традицией)

a set form of oath - установленная форма присяги

4. заранее установленный, оговорённый

set arrangements - заранее обусловленные обязательства

at a set time - в (заранее) назначенное время

at set hours - в установленные часы [ср. тж. 2, 2)]

set subject - обязательная тема (для сочинения и т. п.)

set speech - заранее подготовленная речь

set task - (заранее) определённая задача

everyone has his own set task - каждому дано своё задание

set visit - визит ( официального лица) по предварительной договорённости

5. упрямый, настойчивый; упорный

set defiance - упорное неповиновение

set rains - непрекращающиеся /упорные/ дожди

set mouth - упрямо сжатый рот

a man of set opinions - человек, упорно придерживающийся /не меняющий/ своих взглядов

his jaw looked too square and set - ≅ его лицо выражало упрямство

6. умышленный, преднамеренный

of set purpose - с умыслом

on set purpose - уст. нарочно

7. разг. готовый, горящий желанием (сделать что-л.)

all set - шутл. ≅ в полной боевой готовности

all set to do smth. - горящий желанием сделать что-л.

we were set for an early morning start - мы подготовились к тому, чтобы выступить рано утром

is everyone set? - все готовы?

8. встроенный, прикреплённый

♢ set affair - вечеринка с очень хорошим угощением

set dinner - а) званый обед; б) обед за общим столом ( в ресторане); в) общий обед, не включающий порционные блюда ( в ресторане)

to be keen set on - страстно желать (чего-л.)

to be hard set - находиться в затруднительном положении /в стеснённых обстоятельствах/

to be hard set for money - крайне нуждаться в деньгах

to be sharp set - быть голодным, проголодаться

to get set - толстеть, терять стройность

3. [set] v (set)

I

1. 1) ставить, помещать, класть; положить, поставить

to set a cup [a glass, a dish] (down) on the table - (по)ставить чашку [стакан, блюдо] на стол

to set the suitcase down - опустить чемодан (на землю)

to set smth. in its place again - поставить /положить/ что-л. на своё место

to set the books back - положить книги на место

to set a chair at /by/ the table - поставить стул около стола /к столу/

to set chairs for visitors - (по)ставить /расставить/ стулья для гостей

to set flowers in water - (по)ставить цветы в воду

to set one's hand on smb.'s shoulder - класть /положить/ руку на чьё-л. плечо

to set a trap /snare/ - поставить силки

to set poison for rats - положить отраву для крыс

to set an ambush - воен. устроить засаду

to set a crown on smb.'s head - возложить корону на чью-л. голову

to set smb. on a pedestal - возвести кого-л. на пьедестал

he took off his hat and set it on the floor - он снял шляпу и положил её на пол

2) ставить на какое-л. место; придавать ( то или иное) значение

to set Vergil before Homer - ставить /считать/ Вергилия выше Гомера

to set smb. among the great writers - считать кого-л. одним из великих писателей

to set smb., smth. at naught - а) ни во что не ставить, презирать кого-л., что-л.; to set smb.'s good advice at naught - пренебречь чьим-л. разумным советом; б) издеваться над кем-л., чем-л.

to set much /a great deal/ on smth. - придавать чему-л. большое значение

he sets a great deal by daily exercise - он придаёт большое значение ежедневным упражнениям

to set little on smth. - придавать чему-л. мало значения

I don't set myself up to be better than you - я не считаю себя лучше /выше/ вас

2. обыкн. pass помещаться, располагаться

a house set in a beautiful garden - дом, стоящий в прекрасном саду

a little town set north of London - маленький городок, расположенный к северу от Лондона

a little door set in a wall - маленькая дверь в стене

blue eyes set deep in a white face - голубые, глубоко посаженные глаза на бледном лице

the second act is set in a street - место действия второго акта - улица

the pudding sets heavily on the stomach - пудинг тяжело ложится на желудок

3. сажать, усаживать

to set smb. by the fire - усадить кого-л. у камина /у костра/

to set smb. on horseback - посадить кого-л. на лошадь

to set a king on a throne - посадить /возвести/ короля на трон

4. насаживать, надевать

to set the wheel on the axle - насадить колесо на ось

to set a butterfly - наколоть бабочку на булавку

5. (in) вставлять

to set glass in a window - вставлять стекло (в окно)

to set one's foot in the stirrup - вложить ногу в стремя

6. 1) направлять; поворачивать

to set one's face towards the sun - повернуться лицом к солнцу

to set a map - ориентировать карту

to set against the wind - идти против ветра

to set smb. on the right [wrong] track - направить кого-л. по правильному [ложному] следу

to set the police after a criminal - направить полицию по следам преступника

2) иметь ( то или иное) направление, ( ту или иную) тенденцию

public opinion is setting with [against] him - общественное мнение за [против] него, общественное мнение складывается в [не в] его пользу

7. подготавливать; снаряжать; приводить в состояние готовности

to set a palette - подготовить палитру

to set a piano - настроить пианино

to set the sails (of a ship) - ставить паруса (корабля)

to set the scene - описать (в общих чертах) обстановку /положение/

to set the stage - а) расставлять декорации; б) (под)готовить почву (для чего-л.)

to set the stage for the application of a new method of therapy - подготовить почву для нового метода лечения

to be set for smth. - быть готовым к чему-л.

it was all set now - теперь всё было готово /подготовлено/

it /the stage/ was all set for a first-class row - всё предвещало первостатейный скандал

I was all set for the talk - я готовился к этому разговору; я знал, что меня ждёт /мне предстоит/ этот разговор

he was all set for a brilliant career - перед ним открывалась блестящая карьера, его ждала блестящая карьера

set! - спорт. внимание!, приготовиться!

8. устанавливать, определять, назначать

to set standards - устанавливать нормы

to set requirements - определять требования

to set a limit /boundary/ - устанавливать границы /пределы/

to set a limit to smth. - установить предел чему-л., пресечь что-л.

to set bounds to smth. - ограничивать что-л.

to set the pace - а) устанавливать скорость шага /бега/; б) служить образцом, примером; [см. тж. 10]

to set a precedent - создавать прецедент

to set the style /tone/ - задавать тон

to set the course - спорт. измерить дистанцию

to set a course on a chart - назначить курс корабля по карте

to set a time [a date] - назначить время [дату]

to set a wedding day - назначать день свадьбы

to set a price - назначать цену

to set a price on smb.'s head /on smb.'s life/ - оценивать чью-л. голову /жизнь/, назначать сумму вознаграждения за поимку кого-л.

to set a fine - установить сумму штрафа

he sets no limit to his ambitions - его честолюбие безгранично /не знает пределов/

the time and date of the meeting have not yet been set - время и день собрания ещё не назначены

then it's all set for Thursday at my place - значит решено - в четверг у меня

9. 1) диал., часто ирон. идти, быть к лицу

do you think this bonnet sets me? - как вы думаете, идёт мне эта шляпка?

2) редк. сидеть ( о платье)

to set well /badly/ - хорошо [плохо] сидеть (на ком-л.)

the jacket sets badly - жакет плохо сидит

10. тех. устанавливать, регулировать

to set a tool - устанавливать резец

to set the camera lens to infinity - фото устанавливать объектив на бесконечность

to set the spark-gap - авт. отрегулировать искровой промежуток

to set the pace - регулировать скорость [см. тж. 8]

11. мор. пеленговать

12. стр. производить кладку

II А

1. садиться, заходить ( о небесных светилах)

the sun is setting - солнце заходит

his star has /is/ set - образн. его звезда закатилась

the glory of Troy had set - слава Трои померкла

2. ставить (стрелку, часы и т. п.)

to set a clock /a watch/, to set the hands of a clock - (по)ставить часы (правильно)

to set one's watch by the town clock [by the time-signal] - ставить свои часы по городским [по сигналу поверки времени]

to set an alarm-clock - поставить /завести/ будильник

to set a thermostat at seventy - поставить стрелку термостата на семьдесят

to set the speedometer to zero - авт. установить спидометр на нуль

I want you to set your watch by mine - я хочу, чтобы вы поставили свои часы по моим

3. 1) ставить (задачи, цели и т. п.)

to set a goal - поставить цель

to set a task - поставить задачу

to set oneself an ideal - создавать себе идеал

2) задавать (уроки, вопросы и т. п.)

to set a sum - задать задачу

to set the lessons for tomorrow - задать уроки на завтра

the teacher set his boys a difficult problem - учитель задал ученикам трудную задачу

what questions were set in the examination? - какие вопросы задавали на экзамене?

4. подавать ( пример)

to set good [bad] examples - подавать хорошие [дурные] примеры

he has set a good example for me to follow - он подаёт мне хороший пример

5. 1) вводить ( моду)

to set the fashion - быть законодателем мод

2) вводить, внедрять (модель и т. п.)

to set a new model - внедрять новую модель /-ый образец/

6. 1) стискивать, сжимать (зубы, губы)

to set one's teeth - а) стискивать зубы

he set his teeth doggedly [hard] - он упрямо [крепко] стиснул зубы; б) принять твёрдое решение; упрямо стоять на своём, заупрямиться

with jaws set in an effort to control himself - стиснув зубы, он пытался овладеть собой

his lips were firmly set - губы его были плотно сжаты

2) сжиматься (о губах, зубах)

his lips set stubbornly - его губы упрямо сжались

7. застывать, становиться неподвижным (о лице, глазах и т. п.)

his face set - его лицо окаменело

he was sitting there his face set - он сидел с каменным лицом

8. 1) твердеть ( о гипсе)

2) стр. схватываться (о цементе, бетоне)

the mortar joining these bricks hasn't set yet - известковый раствор, скрепляющий эти кирпичи, ещё не затвердел

3) застывать (о желе, креме)

the jelly has set - желе застыло

4) заставлять твердеть или застывать (известь и т. п.)

9. 1) загустеть; свёртываться (о крови, белке); створаживаться ( о молоке)

2) сгущать (кровь и т. п.); створаживать ( молоко)

10. 1) оформиться, сформироваться (о фигуре, характере)

his mind and character are completely set - у него зрелый ум и вполне сложившийся характер

her figure is hardly set yet - у неё ещё не оформилась фигура

2) формировать (характер и т. п.); развивать ( мускулатуру)

too much exercise sets a boy's muscles prematurely - от чрезмерного увлечения гимнастикой мускулы подростка развиваются слишком быстро ( опережая рост)

11. ставить ( рекорд)

he set a record for the half mile - он установил рекорд (в беге) на полмили

12. накрывать ( на стол)

he quickly set the table (for three) - он быстро накрыл стол (на три персоны)

the table was set for dinner - стол был накрыт к обеду

the hostess ordered to have a place set for the guest - хозяйка распорядилась поставить прибор для (нового) гостя

13. 1) вправлять (кости, суставы)

to set a bone - вправить кость

to set a broken leg [arm, a dislocated joint] - вправить ногу [руку, вывихнутый сустав]

2) срастаться ( о кости)

14. вставлять в оправу ( драгоценные камни)

to set diamonds - вставлять в оправу /оправлять/ бриллианты

a ring set with rubies - кольцо с рубинами

a ruby set in gold - рубин в золотой оправе

15. приводить в порядок, поправлять (шляпу, платок, галстук, волосы)

to set one's cap - поправить кепку

set your hat straight - поправьте вашу шляпу

16. укладывать ( волосы); сделать укладку

to set one's hair - делать причёску, укладывать волосы

17. 1) положить ( слова на музыку или музыку на слова)

to set a song to music - класть песню на музыку

to set music to words - писать музыку на слова

2) муз. аранжировать

to set a piece of music for the violin - переложить музыкальную пьесу для скрипки

to set a melody half a tone higher - транспонировать мелодию на полтона выше

18. подавать ( сигнал)

19. точить (нож, бритву и т. п.)

to set a razor - править бритву

to set a saw - разводить пилу

20. выставлять (часовых и т. п.)

to set the guard - воен. выставлять караул

to set guards [sentries, watches] - расставить караульных [часовых, стражу]

to set a guard at the door - ставить часового у двери

to set pickets around the camp - выставить дозорных вокруг лагеря

21. высаживать (на берег, остров и т. п.; тж. set ashore)

to set smb., smth. ashore - а) высаживать кого-л. на берег; б) выгружать что-л. на берег

to set troops on shore - высаживать войска на берег

22. возлагать ( надежды)

to set one's hopes on smb. - возлагать надежды на кого-л.

23. накладывать (запрет, наказание и т. п.)

to set a veto on smth. - наложить запрет на что-л.

to set a punishment [a fine] - накладывать взыскание [штраф]

24. ставить, прикладывать ( печать)

to set a seal - а) поставить печать; б) наложить отпечаток

it set a seal on all his life - это наложило отпечаток на всю его жизнь

25. сажать (растения, семена)

to set seed [plants, fruit-trees] - сажать семена [растения, фруктовые деревья]

the young plants should be set (out) at intervals of six inches - молодые растения следует высаживать на расстоянии шести дюймов друг от друга

26. 1) приниматься ( о деревьях)

2) бот. завязываться, образовывать завязи (о плодах, цветах)

fruit sets - плоды завязываются

27. разрабатывать, составлять ( экзаменационные материалы)

they had to set fresh papers - им пришлось составлять новую письменную работу

to set an examination paper - составлять письменную экзаменационную работу

to set questions in an examination - составлять вопросы для экзаменационной работы

to set a book - включить какую-л. книгу в учебную программу

28. 1) определиться (о направлении ветра, течения и т. п.)

the tide sets to the west - течение идёт на запад

the wind sets from the south - ветер дует с юга

the tide has set in his favour - его акции поднимаются

2) заставлять двигаться (в каком-л. направлении)

the current set them northward - течение понесло их на север

29. делать стойку ( об охотничьих собаках)

30. 1) сажать ( наседку на яйца)

2) подкладывать ( яйца под наседку)

31. сажать в печь ( хлебные изделия)

32. редк. устанавливаться ( о погоде)

33. спец. растягивать ( кожу)

34. закрепить ( краску)

35. полигр. набирать ( шрифт; тж. set up)

to set close [wide] - набирать плотно [свободно]

the editorial was set in boldface type - передовая была набрана жирным шрифтом

36. налаживать ( станок)

37. тех. осаживать ( заклёпку)

38. школ. распределять учеников по параллельным классам или группам в зависимости от способностей

II Б

1. 1) to set about ( doing) smth. приниматься за что-л., начинать делать что-л., приступать к чему-л.

to set about one's work - взяться /приняться/ за работу

to set about one's packing [getting dinner ready] - начинать упаковывать вещи [готовить обед]

to set about stamp-collecting [learning the German language] - взяться за собирание марок [изучение немецкого языка]

I don't know how to set about it - я не знаю, как взяться за это дело /как подступиться к этому/

2) to set smb. about ( doing) smth. засадить кого-л. за какую-л. работу, заставить кого-л. приняться за что-л., начать что-л.

to set smb. about a task - заставить кого-л. приступить к выполнению задания

2. 1) to set to do /doing/ smth. приниматься за что-л., начинать делать что-л.

to set to work - приступить к работе, приниматься за работу

to set to one's packing - приниматься за укладку вещей

they set to fighting [arguing] - они стали драться [спорить]

I set to work to wake up the boys - я принялся будить мальчиков

2) to set smb. (on) to (do) smth. заставить кого-л. приняться за что-л.; поставить кого-л. на какую-л. работу

to set smb. to work [to dictation] - усадить кого-л. за работу [за диктант]

to set smb. to saw wood [to dig a field] - заставить кого-л. пилить дрова [вскапывать поле]

to set the class to sums - дать классу (решать) задачи

who(m) did you set to do this? - кому вы поручили сделать это?

she would do what she was set to do with great thoroughness - она тщательно выполняла то, что ей поручали

3. to set oneself to smth., to set oneself to do /doing/ smth. энергично взяться за что-л.; твёрдо решить сделать что-л.

he set himself to study biology - он принялся упорно изучать биологию

he set himself to amusing me - он старался изо всех сил развлечь меня

she set herself to put him at his ease - она делала всё возможное, чтобы он чувствовал себя свободно

it is no pleasant task but let us set ourselves to it - это не очень приятное задание, но давайте приступим к его выполнению

4. 1) to be set to do smth. быть готовым что-л. сделать

we are all set to go - мы уже готовы (идти)

he was (all) set to go when I came - он уже был (совсем) готов (идти), когда я пришёл

2) to be set on doing smth. твёрдо решить сделать что-л.

we're absolutely all set on going there - мы твёрдо решили пойти туда

she was set on going on the stage - она твёрдо решила пойти на сцену

Bill was set on finding him - Билл поставил себе целью отыскать его

5. to be set (up) on smth. очень хотеть чего-л.; поставить себе целью добиться чего-л.

to be dead set on smth. - упорно /страстно/ желать чего-л.

we didn't much like the idea of his going back to New York but he was set on it - мы не очень одобряли его план вернуться в Нью-Йорк, но он твёрдо решил сделать это

6. to be set against ( doing) smth., to set oneself against ( doing) smth. быть категорически против чего-л., противиться чему-л.

he set himself against my proposal - он заупрямился и отказался принять моё предложение

the mother was violently set against the match - мать была категорически против этого брака

he (himself) was set against going there - он (сам) упорно отказывался идти туда

7. 1) to set about /at, (up)on/ smb. нападать, напускаться на кого-л.

to set upon smb. with blows - наброситься на кого-л. с кулаками

to set upon smb. with arguments - атаковать кого-л. доводами

they set upon me like a pack of dogs - они набросились на меня, как свора собак

they set about each other at once - они сразу же начали драться

I'd set about you myself if I could - если бы я мог, я бы сам отколотил тебя

2) to set smb. at /on, against/ smb. натравить, напустить кого-л. на кого-л.

to set the dog on /at/ smb. - натравить на кого-л. собаку

to set detectives on smb. /on smb.'s tracks/ - установить за кем-л. слежку

to set a friend against friend - поссорить друзей

he is trying to set you against me - он старается восстановить вас против меня

he has set everyone against me - он всех восстановил против меня

3) to set smb. on to do smth. подбить (на что-л.); подтолкнуть (к чему-л.)

to set smb. on to commit a crime - толкнуть кого-л. на преступление

8. to set smth. against smth. книжн.

1) противопоставлять что-л. чему-л., сравнивать что-л. с чем-л.

when theory is set against practice - когда теорию противопоставляют практике

when we set one language against another - когда мы сравниваем один язык с другим

against the cost of a new car, you can set the considerable saving on repairs and servicing - покупка нового автомобиля стоит денег, но, с другой стороны, это даёт экономию на ремонте и обслуживании

2) опираться чем-л. обо что-л., упираться

he set a hand against the door and shoved it - он упёрся рукой в дверь и толкнул её

9. to set smb. (up) over smb. возвысить кого-л., дать кому-л. власть над кем-л.

to set smb. (up) over a people - посадить кого-л. на трон, сделать кого-л. королём, дать кому-л. власть над народом

he was set up over his rivals - его ставили выше соперников

10. to set oneself down as smb.

1) выдавать себя за кого-л.

2) зарегистрироваться, записаться ( в гостинице)

11. to set smb. down for smb. принимать кого-л. за кого-л.

to set smb. down for an actor - принять кого-л. за актёра

he set her down for forty - он считал, что ей лет сорок

12. to set up for smth. выдавать себя за кого-л.

to set up for a professional [for a scholar] - выдавать себя за профессионала [за учёного]

to set oneself up for an atheist - объявлять себя атеистом

don't set up for a scientist - я не претендую на большую учёность

I don't set up for an angel - я не причисляю себя к святым

13. to set smth. in motion привести что-л. в движение

to set a chain reaction in motion - физ. привести в действие цепную реакцию

14. to set smth. with smth.

1) осыпать, усеивать что-л. чем-л.; украшать что-л. чем-л.

to set the top of wall with broken glass - утыкать верхнюю часть стены битым стеклом

tables set with flowers - столы, украшенные цветами

the sky set with stars - небо, усеянное звёздами

a coast set with modern resorts - побережье со множеством современных курортов

2) засевать что-л. чем-л.

to set a bed with flowers - засадить клумбу цветами

15. to be set to smth. иметь склонность к чему-л.

a soul that is set to melancholy - душа, склонная к печали

16. to set smth. to smth. подносить, прикладывать, приставлять что-л. к чему-л.; приближать что-л. к чему-л.

to set a match [a lighter] to a cigarette - поднести спичку [зажигалку] к сигарете

to set one's lips to a glass, to set a glass to one's lips - поднести стакан ко рту

to set one's shoulder to the door - налечь плечом на дверь

to set one's hand /one's name, one's signature, one's seal/ to a document - подписать документ

to set pen to paper - взяться за перо, начать писать

to set spurs to a horse - пришпорить лошадь

17. to set smth. apart /aside/ for smb., smth. отводить, предназначать, откладывать что-л. для кого-л., чего-л.

to set apart funds for some purpose - выделять фонды для какой-л. цели

to set some food apart for further use - откладывать часть продуктов на будущее

I shall set these books apart (for you) - я отложу эти книги (для вас)

the rooms set apart for the children were large and beautiful - комнаты, отведённые для детей, были просторны и красивы

18. to set smth. before smb. излагать что-л. кому-л.

to set a plan [facts] before smb. - излагать /представлять на рассмотрение/ кому-л. план [факты]

he set his plan before the council - он изложил /представил/ совету свой план

III А

1. в сочетании с последующим прилагательным, наречием или предложным оборотом означает приведение в какое-л. состояние:

to set free - освободить

to set a prisoner free /at liberty/ - освободить арестованного

to set the dog loose - спустить собаку

to set the window open - открыть окно

to set afloat - а) мор. спускать на воду; б) приводить в движение; дать (чему-л.) ход

to set a rumour afloat - пустить слух

to set afloat the latent fears - разбудить дремлющие страхи

anger set afloat all his inner grievances - гнев всколыхнул затаённые обиды

to set smb. wrong - вводить кого-л. в заблуждение

he set me at ease at once - мне сразу стало с ним легко

set your mind at ease! - не беспокойтесь!

to set smb.'s mind at rest - успокоить кого-л.

to set one's mind at rest - успокоиться

to set a question /affair/ at rest - разрешить какой-л. вопрос, покончить с каким-л. вопросом

that sets all my doubts at rest - это разрешает все мои сомнения

to set smb.'s fears at rest - рассеять чьи-л. опасения

to set smb.'s curiosity agog - возбудить /вызвать/ чьё-л. любопытство

to set smb. on the alert - заставить кого-л. насторожиться

to set at ready - воен. приводить в готовность

to set one's affairs [papers, room] in order - приводить свои дела [бумаги, комнату] в порядок

2. в сочетании с герундием или предложным оборотом означает

1) приведение в движение:

to set going - а) запускать (машину и т. п.); to set machinery going - приводить в действие механизм; б) пускать в ход, в действие

we must set things going - нужно начинать действовать

to set on foot = to set going б)

to set a top spinning - (за)пустить волчок

2) побуждение к какому-л. действию:

to set smb. laughing [in a roar] - рассмешить, заставить кого-л. смеяться [покатиться со смеху]

to set the company laughing - вызвать всеобщий смех

his jokes set the whole room [the table] laughing - все, кто был в комнате [кто сидел за столом], до упаду смеялись над его шутками

to set smb. (off) thinking, to set smb. to thinking - заставить кого-л. призадуматься

to set smb. wondering - вызывать у кого-л. удивление

to set smb. flying - обратить кого-л. в бегство

to set one's heart beating - заставить сердце забиться

to set tongues wagging - вызывать толки, давать пищу для сплетен

this incident set everybody's tongue wagging - этот инцидент наделал много шуму

the smoke set her coughing - от дыма она начала кашлять

to set the company talking - а) развязать языки; б) дать пищу злым языкам

I set him talking about the new discovery - я навёл его на разговор о новом открытии

to set bells ringing - зазвонить в колокола

♢

to set foot somewhere - ходить куда-л., появляться где-л.

he was forbidden to set foot there - ему запретили туда ходить

not to set foot in smb.'s house - не переступать порога чьего-л. дома

to set foot on shore - ступить на землю /на берег/

to set one's feet on the path - пуститься в путь /дорогу/

to set one's heart on smth. - стремиться к чему-л., страстно желать чего-л.

to set one's heart on doing smth. - стремиться сделать что-л.

he set his heart on going to the South - он очень хотел /твёрдо решил/ поехать на юг

he has set his heart on seeing Moscow - его заветной мечтой было повидать Москву

why should it be that man she has set her heart upon? - почему она полюбила именно этого человека?

to set one's wits to smb.'s (wits) - поспорить /помериться силами/ с кем-л.

to set one's wits to smth. - пытаться (раз)решить что-л.; ≅ шевелить мозгами

to set one's wits to work - ломать себе голову над чем-л.

to set people by the ears /at variance, at loggerheads/ - ссорить, натравливать людей друг на друга

he likes to set people by the ears - он любит ссорить людей между собой

to set (one's life) on a chance - ставить (жизнь) на карту

to set the axe to - приниматься за уничтожение (чего-л.)

to set smth. on fire, to set fire /a light/ to smth. - сжечь /поджечь, зажечь/ что-л.

to have smb. set - схватить кого-л. за горло, прижать кого-л. к стенке

to set the law [smb.] at defiance - бросать вызов закону [кому-л.]

the scene was set for the tragedy - всё предвещало трагедию

НБАРС > set
54 heart

1. noun
1) (the organ which pumps blood through the body: How fast does a person's heart beat?; ( also adjective) heart disease; a heart specialist.) hjerte

2) (the central part: I live in the heart of the city; in the heart of the forest; the heart of a lettuce; Let's get straight to the heart of the matter/problem.) hjerte, midte, sentrum

3) (the part of the body where one's feelings, especially of love, conscience etc are imagined to arise: She has a kind heart; You know in your heart that you ought to go; She has no heart (= She is not kind).) hjerte

4) (courage and enthusiasm: The soldiers were beginning to lose heart.) mot

5) (a symbol supposed to represent the shape of the heart; a white dress with little pink hearts on it; heart-shaped.) hjerte

6) (one of the playing-cards of the suit hearts, which have red symbols of this shape on them.) hjerter

•

- - hearted
- hearten
- heartless
- heartlessly
- heartlessness
- hearts
- hearty
- heartily
- heartiness
- heartache
- heart attack
- heartbeat
- heartbreak
- heartbroken
- heartburn
- heart failure
- heartfelt
- heart-to-heart 2. noun
(an open and sincere talk, usually in private: After our heart-to-heart I felt more cheerful.) fortrolig samtale

- heart-warming
- at heart
- break someone's heart
- by heart
- from the bottom of one's heart
- have a change of heart
- have a heart!
- have at heart
- heart and soul
- lose heart
- not have the heart to
- set one's heart on / have one's heart set on
- take heart
- take to heart
- to one's heart's content
- with all one's heart

essens
--------
hjerte
--------
kjerne
--------
mot
--------
sentrum

subst. \/hɑːt\/

1) ( anatomi) hjerte

• a heart condition

hjertelidelse

• the heart region

hjerteregionen

• heart trouble

hjertelidelse

• fatty heart

fetthjerte

• the left heart

venstre hjerte

2) ( overført) hjerte

• he lost his heart to her

• a man after my own heart

• heart trouble

kjærlighetsproblemer

• her heart went to him

hennes tanker gikk til ham \/ hun var sterkt tiltrukket av ham

• he died of a broken heart

han døde av ulykkelig kjærlighet

• it did my heart good

det gledet mitt hjerte

• it was enough to break your heart

det var hjerteskjærende

• we have it very much at heart

det ligger oss sterkt på hjertet

3) sentrum, midtpunkt, kjerne

• they live in the heart of the city

• that was the heart of the matter

det var sakens kjerne

4) (kortspill, også i flertall: hearts) hjerter

• the ten of hearts

hjerterti

5) ( poetisk) hjertevenn, kjær venn, god venn

• dear heart!

kjære deg!

6) ( poetisk) mot, modig mann

• true English hearts

7) ( gammeldags) fruktbarhet

at heart i bunn og grunn

at the bottom of one's heart innerst inne

bless my heart (and soul)! ( hverdagslig) du store (tid)!, bevare meg vel!

break someone's heart knuse noens hjerte

• it breaks my heart to see...

det skjærer meg i hjertet å se...

by heart utenat

change of heart sinnelagsskifte, holdningsendring

cross my heart (and hope to die)! kors på halsen!, jeg sverger!

cry one's heart out gråte sine modige tårer

eat one's heart out være utrøstelig, gremme seg

find it in one's heart to ha hjerte til

• I couldn't find it in my heart to let go

jeg hadde ikke hjerte til å gi opp

from (the bottom of) one's heart av hele sitt hjerte, inderlig

get something (off) by heart lære seg noe utenat

give one's heart to someone skjenke noen sitt hjerte

have a heart! ( slang) være nå litt hyggelig!

• let me go now, have a heart!

have one's heart in one's boots være nede være redd\/skvetten\/feig\/stakkarslig

have one's heart in one's mouth ha hjertet i halsen

have one's heart in one's work arbeide med liv og lyst, gå opp i arbeidet sitt

have one's heart in something ha lyst\/trang til noe

• he didn't have his heart in it

han hadde ikke den rette gløden

have one's heart in the right place ha hjertelag, ha hjertet på rette sted

have the heart to ha hjerte til å, få seg til å

heart and soul med liv og sjel

heart of a tree eller heart of wood kjerneved

heart of flint eller heart of stone hjerte av stein

heart of oak ( overført) kjernekar

in good heart ved godt mot i god stand

in one's (secret) heart i sitt stille sinn, innerst inne

in one's heart of hearts i sitt hjertes lønnkammer, i sitt innerste

lay something to heart legge noe på sinne\/hjerte, merke seg noe

light at heart lett om hjertet, lett til sinns

lose heart miste motet, bli motløs

one's heart becomes flint man blir hard som stein

• her heart became flint

hun ble hard som flint

out of heart nedslått, nedfor, motløs i dårlig stand

out of the fullness of one's heart se ➢ fullness

rejoice someone's heart varme noens hjerte

search one's heart ransake sitt hjerte

set one's heart at rest slå seg til ro, ta det med ro

set one's heart on something sette seg fore å gjøre\/oppnå noe

• she had set her heart on going there

hun hadde bestemt seg for å dra dit

sick at heart tung om hjertet, nedtrykt, dypt bedrøvet

speak one's heart si hva man har på hjertet, si sin hjertens mening, snakke fritt ut

take heart fatte mot

take something to heart legge noe på sinne\/hjerte, merke seg noe ta seg nær av noe, ta noe tungt, la noe gå innpå seg

• he took it to heart

han tok seg nær av det

a tender heart et svakt hjerte, et ømt hjerte

throw oneself heart and soul into something kaste seg inn i noe med hele sin sjel \/ liv og lyst

throw one's heart into something legge hele sin sjel i noe

to one's heart's content av hjertets lyst, så mye man vil

unload one's heart lette sitt hjerte

wear one's heart on one's sleeve åpent vise sine følelser, bære sine følelser til skue

with all one's heart av hele sitt hjerte, inderlig gjerne, fra dypet av hjertet, hjertens gjerne

English-Norwegian dictionary > heart
55 heart

1. noun
1) (the organ which pumps blood through the body: How fast does a person's heart beat?; ( also adjective) heart disease; a heart specialist.) srce

2) (the central part: I live in the heart of the city; in the heart of the forest; the heart of a lettuce; Let's get straight to the heart of the matter/problem.) središče, jedro

3) (the part of the body where one's feelings, especially of love, conscience etc are imagined to arise: She has a kind heart; You know in your heart that you ought to go; She has no heart (= She is not kind).) srce

4) (courage and enthusiasm: The soldiers were beginning to lose heart.) srčnost

5) (a symbol supposed to represent the shape of the heart; a white dress with little pink hearts on it; heart-shaped.) srce

6) (one of the playing-cards of the suit hearts, which have red symbols of this shape on them.) srce

•

- - hearted
- hearten
- heartless
- heartlessly
- heartlessness
- hearts
- hearty
- heartily
- heartiness
- heartache
- heart attack
- heartbeat
- heartbreak
- heartbroken
- heartburn
- heart failure
- heartfelt
- heart-to-heart 2. noun
(an open and sincere talk, usually in private: After our heart-to-heart I felt more cheerful.) odkritosrčen pogovor

- heart-warming
- at heart
- break someone's heart
- by heart
- from the bottom of one's heart
- have a change of heart
- have a heart!
- have at heart
- heart and soul
- lose heart
- not have the heart to
- set one's heart on / have one's heart set on
- take heart
- take to heart
- to one's heart's content
- with all one's heart
* * *
[ha:t]
noun

srce, srčni prekat; čud, duša; ljubezen, naklonjenost; usmiljenje, sočutje; hrabrost, srčnost; razum; jedro, središče, osrčje; srčevina, srčika (debla, rastline), srce (solate); bistvo, bit; srček, dragec, dragica; srčen, pogumen človek; predmet oblike srca; rodovitnost (zemlje); plural srčne karte

after one's own heart — po želji, kot srce poželi

at heart — v duši, v srcu, po srcu

an affair of the heart — ljubezenska zadeva

bless my heart! — za boga!

by heart — na pamet

at the bottom of one's heart — na dnu srca

heart's desire — srčna želja

from one's heart — iskreno, iz srca

for one's heart — srčno rad

heart and head — navdušeno

heart of oak — srčika hrasta, figuratively srčen človek; leseno ladjevje

heart and soul — z dušo in telesom

a heart-to-heart talk — odkrit pogovor

in good heart — v dobrem stanju

the land is in good heart — zemlja je rodovitna, ni izčrpana

in the heart of — v osrčju

in one's heart — skrivoma

in one's heart of hearts — v dnu duše, zares

in heart — dobre volje

light of heart — vesel, brezbrižen

left heart — levi srčni prekat

king (queen) of hearts — srčni kralj (dama)

nautical my hearts! — tovariši!, pogumni fantje!

near one's heart — všeč, pri srcu

the very heart of the matter — bistvo zadeve

out of heart — malodušen; nerodoviten, izčrpan (zemlja)

sick at heart — potrt, žalosten

smoker's heart — kadilčevo (bolno) srce

searchings of heart — tesnoba, sum

to one's heart's content — do mile volje, kot srce poželi

with all one's heart — iz vsega srca, srčno rad

with a heavy heart — s težkim srcem

medicine disordered heart — srčna nevroza;

Z glagoli: to break s.o.'s heart — streti komu srce

to clasp s.o. to one's heart — prižeti koga na srce

to cry one's heart out — oči si izjokati

to cut s.o. to the heart — zadeti koga v srce, užaliti

to do one's heart good — dobro deti, osrečiti

to eat one's heart out — giniti od žalosti

my heart fails — pogum mi upada

I cannot find it in my heart to — ali I don't have the heart to — srce mi ne da, da bi

to get (go) to the heart of — priti (iti) stvari do dna

to give heart — opogumiti

to give one's heart to s.o. — dati komu srce

to go near ( —ali to) one's heart — ganiti

my heart goes out to him — sočustvujem z njim

to grow out of heart — postajati malodušen; izčrpavati se (zemlja)

to have a heart — imeti (dobro) srce

have a heart! — usmili se!

to have no heart — biti brez srca, neusmiljen

to have s.th. at heart — srčno kaj želeti

to have one's heart in one's mouth — v grlu stiskati, biti zelo prestrašen

to have one's heart in one's boots — biti zelo malodušen

to have one's heart in the right place — imeti srce na pravem mestu

to have s.o.'s good at heart — brigati se za dobro nekoga

to have one's heart in one's work — biti z vsem srcem pri delu

his heart leaps up — srce mu zaigra

to lay s.th. to heart — na srce položiti

to lose heart — izgubiti pogum

to lose one's heart to — zaljubiti se

to make one's heart bleed — čutiti veliko usmiljenje in žalost (srce krvavi)

to open one's heart to s.o. — razkriti komu srce, biti velikodušen

to pluck up heart — opogumiti se

to pour out one's heart — srce izliti

to put s.o. in good heart — razveseliti, razvedriti koga

to put one's heart into s.th. — biti pri stvari z dušo in telesom

my heart sank — srce mi je padlo v hlače

to set one's heart on s.th. — iz vsega srca kaj želeti

to set one's heart at rest — umiriti se, pomiriti se

to take s.th. to heart — k srcu si kaj gnati, v srce si vtisniti

to take heart (of grace) — zbrati pogum, opogumiti se

to wear one's heart on one's sleeve — imeti srce na jeziku

to win s.o.'s heart — srce osvojiti

what the heart thinketh, the mouth speaketh — povedati, kar ti leži na srcu

English-Slovenian dictionary > heart
56 ♦ heart

♦ heart /hɑ:t/
A n.

1 (anat.) cuore: Smoking is bad for the heart, il fumo fa male al cuore; to have a bad heart, essere malato di cuore; His heart is still beating, il suo cuore batte ancora; Her heart was pounding, le batteva il cuore

2 (fig.) cuore, affetto; anima; animo; coraggio: a man with a good heart, un uomo di buon cuore; He has a heart of steel, ha un cuore di pietra; He has no heart, non ha cuore; I know in my heart that…, il cuore mi dice che…; to win sb. 's heart, conquistare q.; with a heavy heart, col cuore rattristato (o gonfio); a malincuore; with a kind heart, di cuore; a broken heart, un cuore infranto; to melt sb. 's heart, commuovere q.

3 cuore; centro; mezzo; grumolo: the heart of the tree, il cuore del legno; the heart of a cabbage, il grumolo d'un cavolo; heart of palm, cuore di palma; palmito; in the heart of the jungle, nel cuore della giungla

4 (fig.) parte principale; essenza; nocciolo ( di un problema, ecc.): the heart of the matter, il nocciolo della questione

5 (vezzegg., al vocat.) cuoricino (mio); tesoro

6 (naut.) anima ( di un albero)

7 (naut.) bigotta a mandorla

8 ( alle carte) (carta di) cuori

9 ( slang USA) compressa di amfetamina (o di Benzedrina®)

B a. attr.

cardiaco: heart attack, attacco cardiaco; DIALOGO → - Bereavement and time off work- He died of a heart attack, è morto per attacco cardiaco

● hearts-and-flowers, sdolcinato; melenso: a hearts-and-flowers song, una canzone sdolcinata □ heart and soul, anima e corpo; con tutta l'anima: to throw oneself heart and soul into st., darsi (o dedicarsi) a qc. anima e corpo □ (fig.) heart's-blood, sangue vitale; vita □ heart-breaking ► heartbreaking □ (med.) heart complaint, disfunzione cardiaca □ heart condition, insufficienza cardiaca □ (med.) heart disease, malattia di cuore; cardiopatia □ heart's ease, tranquillità d'animo; (bot., Viola tricolor) viola del pensiero □ (med.) heart failure, infarto □ heart-free, che ha il cuore libero □ (med.) heart-lung machine, macchina cuore-polmone □ (fig.) to have a heart of gold, avere il cuore d'oro □ (fig.) heart of oak, persona coraggiosa □ (fig.) to have a heart of stone, avere il cuore di pietra □ (fisiol.) heart rate, frequenza cardiaca □ (med.) heart rate monitor (o meter), cardiofrequenzimetro □ heart-rending, straziante □ heart-searching, esame di coscienza (o dei propri sentimenti) □ heart-shaped, cuoriforme □ heart-stopping, emozionante; ( anche) terrificante □ heart-stopper, cosa (o fatto) emozionante (o terrificante); cosa che lascia senza fiato □ (med.) heart surgery, cardiochirurgia □ heart-throb, battito cardiaco; (fig.) passione, amore; (fam.) fiamma, innamorato, innamorata; (fam.) idolo delle donne, rubacuori □ heart-to-heart, (sost.) conversazione a cuore aperto, discussione schietta; (agg.) franco, sincero, schietto; (avv.) a cuore aperto, con franchezza, sinceramente: a heart-to-heart talk, un discorso (o un dialogo) a cuore aperto (o franco, schietto) □ (zool.) heart urchin ( Spatangus), riccio di mare cuoriforme □ heart-warming, che scalda il cuore; generoso; commovente, toccante □ after one's own heart, ( di persona) con cui ci si trova in sintonia; che condivide gli stessi gusti; che ha idee simili: Sally is really a woman after my own heart, con Sally mi trovo in perfetta sintonia □ at heart, in cuor proprio; a cuore; nel cuore; in fondo (in fondo): to be sad at heart, avere la tristezza nel cuore; avere il cuore gonfio; to be sick at heart, avere la morte nel cuore; essere desolato, disperato; I have your ( best) interests at heart, ho a cuore i tuoi interessi; He's not a bad boy at heart, in fondo, non è un cattivo ragazzo □ to break sb. 's heart, spezzare il cuore a q. □ by heart, a memoria: to know st. by heart, sapere qc. a memoria; to learn st. by heart, imparare qc. a memoria □ to clasp sb. to one's heart, stringersi al cuore (o al petto) q. □ to be close (o dear, near) to sb. 's heart, essere nel cuore di q., essere caro a q.; stare a cuore a q. □ to cry one's heart out, piangere tutte le proprie lacrime □ to die of a broken heart, morire di crepacuore □ to feel sad (o sick) at heart ► sopra □ to find one's way into sb. 's heart, (riuscire ad) arrivare al cuore di q.; accattivarsi la simpatia di q. □ from the heart, di cuore; generoso □ from the bottom of one's heart (o from the heart), dal profondo del cuore □ to give one's heart to sb., dare (o donare) il cuore a q.; innamorarsi di q. □ to have the heart to do st., avere il cuore (o il coraggio) di fare qc.: I didn't have the heart to tell him, mi mancò il cuore di dirglielo □ to have one's heart in st., impegnarsi seriamente in qc.; fare qc. con entusiasmo □ (fam.) to have one's heart in one's boots, avere una grande paura; essersi perso d'animo □ (fam.) to have one's heart in one's mouth, avere il cuore in gola; avere paura □ to have one's heart in the right place, avere un cuore grande così (fam.); essere una persona di (buon) cuore □ in one's heart of hearts, nel profondo del cuore; nel proprio intimo □ to keep a good heart, stare di buon animo □ to lay st. to heart, prendersi a cuore qc. □ to let one's heart rule one's head, dare retta al cuore (e non alla ragione) □ to lose heart, perdersi d'animo; scoraggiarsi □ to lose one's heart to sb. = to give one's heart to sb. ► sopra □ to move sb. 's heart, toccare il cuore di q.; commuovere q. □ sb. 's heart's desire, il desiderio più grande di q.; ciò che q. desidera di più (al mondo): His heart's desire is to live in the country, il suo desiderio più grande è vivere in campagna □ to open one's heart to, aprire il cuore a; confidarsi (o sfogarsi) con □ out of heart, scoraggiato; demoralizzato □ to pluck up heart = to take heart ► sotto □ to pour out one's heart to sb. = to open one's heart to sb. ► sopra □ to put one's heart into st., fare qc. con il cuore (o con passione) □ to see into sb. 's heart, leggere nel cuore di q. □ to set one's heart on st., desiderare ardentemente qc. □ to take heart, farsi cuore; farsi coraggio; rincuorarsi □ to take heart from st., trarre incoraggiamento da qc. □ (fig.) to take the heart out of sb., scoraggiare q. □ to take st. to heart, prendersi a cuore qc.; ( anche) prendersela per qc.: You shouldn't take his criticism to heart, non devi prendertela per le sue critiche □ to one's heart's content, a piacere; a volontà □ to touch sb. 's heart = to move sb.'s heart ► sopra □ to wear one's heart on one's sleeve, parlare con il cuore in mano □ to win the hearts and minds of sb., conquistare le menti e i cuori di q. □ with all one's heart (o with one's whole heart), di tutto cuore; di vero cuore □ with half a heart, con scarso entusiasmo; con scarsa convinzione; svogliatamente □ with a light heart, a cuor leggero; serenamente; volentieri □ (prov.) Kind hearts are more than coronets, la gentilezza d'animo vale più di un titolo nobiliare NOTA D'USO: - a memoria-.
(to) heart /hɑ:t/
v. t.

(fam.) amare (riferimento alla rappresentazione grafica del cuore, usata in sostituzione del verbo “to love”).

English-Italian dictionary > ♦ heart
57 write

1. I
abs

1) learn (be able, be unable, know how, etc.) to write учиться и т.д. писать; show a child how to write учить ребенка писать; this pen does not write эта ручка не пишет

2) make a living by writing зарабатывать на жизнь литературным трудом, быть профессиональным писателем; his ambition was to write его мечтой было стать писателем

3) he promised to write он обещал писать
2. II
1) write in some manner write very well (neatly, clearly /legibly/, properly, very badly, small, etc.) писать аккуратно и т.д.; this реп writes scratchily это перо царапает

2) write at some time write every week (once a week, regularly, often, rarely, occasionally, etc.) писать (письма) каждую неделю и т.д.; write somewhere write home писать домой

3) write in some manner write amusingly (cleverly, satirically, ironically, convincingly, realistically, dogmatically, etc.) писать занятно и т.д.; write clearly and forcibly писать /выражать свои мысли/ четко и убедительно
3. III
write smth.

1) write words (Greek letters, one's alphabet, two copies of a letter, your address, etc.) писать /написать/ слова и т.д.; write Chinese characters писать китайскими иероглифами; write one's name a) написать свое имя; б) поставить свою подпись; write shorthand стенографировать; write a good (round, legible, niggling, etc.) hand иметь хороший и т.д. почерк; he wrote several pages он исписал несколько страниц

2) write a book (a poem, a novel, essays, an article, a story, a review, a report, smb.'s biography, etc.) писать /написать/ книгу и т.д.; write music (a symphony, songs, etc.) сочинять музыку и т.д.

3) write a letter (a note, a message, etc.) написать письмо и т.д.; write a cheque (a certificate, a prescription, an order, etc.) выписывать чек и т.д.; write one's will (an application, etc.) составить заявление и т.д.
4. IV
1) write smth. in some manner write English well (Spanish better than he speaks it, a letter hurriedly, etc.) хорошо писать по-английски и т.д.; he cannot write even a letter satisfactorily он даже письма не может написать как надо; write smth. somewhere write your name here поставьте свою подпись вот-здесь

2) write smb. at some time write smb. every day (twice a week, often, at once, etc.) писать кому-л. каждый день и т.д.; we wrote you last week мы отправили вам письмо на прошлой неделе; have you written your family yet? вы уже написали домой?
5. V
write smb. smth. write me a nice long letter напишите мне хорошее длинное письме; write me an account of his visit опишите мне подробно, как он у вас погостил; he wrote us all the news он сообщил нам все новости; I shall write him a letter every week я буду писать ему [по письму] каждую неделю
6. VII
write smb. to do smth. write him to come (to send the books, etc.) написать ему, чтобы он приехал и т.д.
7. XI
1) be written in /with/ smth. it is written in ink (in pen, in pencil, with the reformed alphabet, with Chinese characters, with different ideographs, etc.) это написано чернилами и т.д.; it is written in English это написано по-английски; this word is written with a 'g' (with a hyphen, etc.) это слово пишется через букву 'g' и т.д.; be written somewhere the name is written underneath подпись стоит внизу; the paper is written all over бумажка вся исписана; be written by smb., smth. that was not written by me это написано не мной; be written by hand быть написанным от руки

2) be written by smb. they found that this story was also written by Chekhov они установили, что этот рассказ был также написан Чеховым; be written for smth. the article is written expressly for the use of the paper эта статья написана специально для газеты; be written in some manner the story is briskly (brightly, carefully, well, etc.) written рассказ написан живо и т.д.; this letter is well written but badly spelt это письмо хорошо написано, но в нем масса орфографических ошибок

3) be written to he ought to be written to ему следует написать /сообщить/, его надо известить; be written that... it is written that the book will come out next year сообщают, что эта книга выйдет в будущем году

4) be written on /in/ smth. honesty (candour, frankness, innocence, refinement, his selfishness, etc.) is written on /in/ his face у него честное и т.д. лицо; his guilt is written on his face по лицу видно /у него на лице написано/, что он виноват; be written in one's soul (in one's heart) быть запечатленным в сердце (в душе) || there's detective written all over him по всему его виду можно безошибочно сказать, что он сыщик; сразу видно, что он сыщик
8. XII
have smth. written on /in/ smth. he has guilt (fear, trouble. care, etc.) written on his face, (in his eyes, etc.) у него на лице и т.д. написано, что он виноват и т.д.
9. XIII
write to do smth. write to let them know that... (to say that..., etc.) написать [для того], чтобы сообщить им, что... и т.д.
10. XVI
1) write on (in, under, etc.) smth. write on a blackboard (on both sides of the paper, on parchment, on the slate, etc.) писать на доске и т.д.; write in one's notebook записывать в тетрадь; write in the hotel register расписаться /записать свою фамилию/ в регистрационной книге гостиницы; write in the sand чертить на песке; write under the date подписаться) под датой; write at some time children learn to write in /from/ their sixth year /at the age of six/ дети начинают писать в шесть лет; write with /in/ smth. write with a pen (in pencil, with a ball-point pen, with ink, with chalk, etc.) писать ручкой и т.д.; I want something to write with мне надо что-нибудь, чем можно писать; write with the left hand писать левой рукой; write in big characters (in small letters, with small initials, etc.) писать большими буквами и т.д.; write in full писать полностью; write with abbreviations пользоваться сокращениями при письме; he writes in round hand у него круглый почерк; can you write in shorthand? вы умеете стенографировать?; write for some time I've been writing for three hours я уже три часа пишу || write from dictation писать под диктовку

2) write about /of/ (on) smth. write about gardening (about the war, of the future entertainingly, about their customs, etc.) писать о садоводстве и т.д.; there are always plenty of topics to write about всегда есть много тем, на которые можно писать; write on the subject (too much on the matter, calmly and sensibly on the question, etc.) писать на данную тему /по данному вопросу/ и т.д.; write on mathematics (on Japan, etc.) писать о математике и т.д.; write in smth. write in the papers (in magazines, etc.) сотрудничать в газетах и т.д.; thus he writes in his recent book так он пишет в своей последней книге; write in verse (in good style, etc.) писать стихами и т.д.; write for smb., smth. write for young folk (for the masses, for a newspaper, for a magazine, for a musical theatre, for a prospectus. for posterity, etc.) писать для молодежи и т.д.; write for the screen писать для кино, писать сценарии; write for the stage писать пьесы, быть драматургом; write for a living зарабатывать литературным трудом; write against smb., smth. write against this author (against smb.'s book, etc.) выступать в печати против этого автора и т.д.; write with smth. write with ease (with artistic skill, etc.) писать с легкостью /легко/ и т.д. || write under a pen-name (under his own name) писать под псевдонимом (под своим именем)

3) write to smb. write directly to his father (to you soon, to her family every week, to his mother, etc.) писать непосредственно его отцу и т.д.; he wrote to me [saying] that... он написал /сообщил/ мне, что...; write to him about his brother (about the business, about their victory, etc.) написать ему о его брате и т.д.; write to smth. write to London (to some little town, etc.) писать в Лондон и т.д.; write to his former address написать по его старому адресу; write to the Times (to a magazine, etc.) написать в газету "Тайме" и т.д.; write from some place write from Tokyo написать из Токио; write [to smb.] for smth. write to one's brother for advice (for a fresh supply, for money, etc.) написать брату с просьбой дать совет и т.д.; he wrote to me for help в письме он обратился ко мне за помощью
11. XXI1
1) write smth. in (to) (on, at, etc.) smth. write one's exercises in a copy-book (one's name in the visitors' book, the facts in one's diary, notes in the margin, etc.) писать /записывать/ упражнения в тетрадь и т.д.; write his name into the list внести его имя в список; write a new paragraph into a document вставить новый параграф в документ; write slogans on the wall (few words on a piece of paper, these figures on the board, etc.) писать лозунги на стене и т.д.; write your name at the bottom of the page распишитесь /поставьте свою подпись/ внизу страницы; write it in your own hand напишите /запишете/ это своей собственной рукой

2) write smth. on /about/ smth. write a book on French history (an article about his experience in the Army, stories on topics about which they really know very little, etc.) писать книгу по французской истории и т.д.; write smth. for smth. write [the] music for a play сочинять /писать/ музыку для пьесы

3) write smth. to smb. write a letter to him (a note to a friend, etc.) (надписать ему письмо и т.А; write smb. about smth. I will write you about the details later on я сообщу вам о подробностях позже
12. XXV
1) write if... (that..., etc.) write if you get work (that he has been ill, that he is leaving tomorrow, etc.) сообщить /написать/, если вы получите работу и т.д.

2) write that... Shakespeare (Bacon, Herodotus, a great scholar, etc.) writes that... Шекспир и т.д. пишет /говорит/, что...
13. XXVI
write smb. that... (how..., etc.) write the family that he was staying with his brother (that she would be home for Christmas, etc.) сообщить /написать/ домой, что он гостит у брата и т.д.; write me how you got home напишите мне, как вы доехали [домой]

English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > write
58 heart

[hɑ:t, Am hɑ:rt] n

1) ( bodily organ) Herz nt;

to have a bad [or weak] \heart ein schwaches Herz haben

2) ( emotional centre) Herz nt;

his election campaign won the \hearts of the nation mit seiner Wahlkampagne hat er die Herzen der ganzen Nation erobert;

to be close [or dear] [or near] to sb's \heart jdm sehr am Herzen liegen;

to have a cold/hard \heart ein kaltes/hartes Herz haben;

to have a good/ kind/soft \heart ein gutes/gütiges/weiches Herz haben;

to break sb's \heart jdm das Herz brechen;

losing her broke his \heart sie zu verlieren brach ihm das Herz;

it breaks my \heart to see him so unhappy es bricht mir das Herz, ihn so unglücklich zu sehen;

sb's \heart leaps [with joy] jds Herz nt macht einen Freudensprung jdm hüpft das Herz im Leib[e] ( geh)

sb's \heart sinks (with disappointment, sadness) jdm wird das Herz schwer;

( with despondency) jdm rutscht das Herz in die Hose ( fam)

3) no pl ( centre)

she lives right in the \heart of the city sie wohnt direkt im Herzen der Stadt;

to be at the \heart of sth der Kernpunkt einer S. gen sein;

to get to the \heart of the matter zum Kern der Sache kommen

4) food ( firm middle) of salad, artichoke Herz nt

5) ( symbol) Herz nt

6) ( suit of cards)

\hearts pl Herz nt kein pl;

the queen/ king/jack of \hearts die Herzdame/der Herzkönig/der Herzbube

PHRASES:

sb's \heart misses [or skips] a beat jdm stockt das Herz;

sb's \heart is in their boots ( Brit) ( fam) jdm rutscht das Herz in die Hose ( fam)

from the bottom of the/one's \heart aus tiefstem Herzen[sgrund];

to have a change of \heart sich akk anders besinnen;

( to change for the better) sich akk eines Besseren besinnen;

to eat/ drink/dance to one's \heart's content nach Herzenslust essen/trinken/tanzen;

to give sb their \heart's desire ( liter) jdm erfüllen, was das Herz begehrt;

to have a \heart of gold ein herzensguter Mensch sein;

to do one's \heart good (dated) sein Herz erfreuen;

sb's \heart is in their mouth jdm schlägt das Herz bis zum Hals [hinauf];

to have one's \heart in the right place das Herz auf dem rechten Fleck haben;

to wear one's \heart on one's sleeve aus seinem Herzen keine Mördergrube machen;

to love sb \heart and soul ( liter) jdn von ganzem Herzen lieben [o lieb haben];

to put one's \heart and soul into sth sich dat mit Leib und Seele etw dat widmen;

to have a \heart of stone ein Herz aus Stein haben;

you think he deserves that? you're all \heart! (\heart!) du findest, dass er das verdient hat? na, du bist mir ja einer! ( fam)

with all one's \heart von ganzem Herzen;

to die of a broken \heart an gebrochenem Herzen sterben;

to be after sb's own \heart genau nach jds Geschmack m sein;

my \heart bleeds for him! (for him!) der Ärmste, ich fang' gleich an zu weinen! (hum, iron)

come on, have a \heart! komm, gib deinem Herz einen Ruck!;

to not have the \heart to do sth es nicht übers Herz bringen, etw zu tun;

to lose \heart den Mut verlieren;

to set one's \heart on sth sein [ganzes] Herz an etw akk hängen;

to take \heart [from sth] [aus etw dat] neuen Mut schöpfen;

to recite/play sth by \heart etw auswendig aufsagen/spielen;

sb's \heart is not in it jd ist mit dem Herzen nicht dabei;

in my \heart of \hearts im Grunde meines Herzens n

modifier

1) ( heart-shaped)

a \heart amulet/ necklace ein herzförmiger Anhänger/ein herzförmiges Halsband

2) ( of the organ) Herz-;

to have a \heart condition herzkrank sein;

\heart disease Herzkrankheit f;

\heart transplant Herztransplantation f

English-German students dictionary > heart
59 empfehlen

to suggest; to advise; to recommend

* * *
emp|feh|len [ɛm'pfeːlən] pret empfahl, [ɛm'pfaːl] ptp empfohlen
1. vt
[ɛm'pfoːlən] to recommend; (liter = anvertrauen) to commend (form), to entrust
(jdm) etw/jdn empféhlen — to recommend sth/sb (to sb)

empféhlen, etw zu tun — to recommend or advise doing sth

jdm empféhlen, etw zu tun — to recommend or advise sb to do sth

diese Methode/dieses Restaurant ist sehr zu empféhlen — I would recommend this method/restaurant, this method/restaurant is to be recommended

ich würde dir Vorsicht/Geduld empféhlen —

seinen Geist ( dem Herrn) empféhlen (liter) — to commend one's soul to the Lord

bitte, empféhlen Sie mich Ihrer Frau Gemahlin (form) — please convey my respects to your wife (form)

See:

→ auch empfohlen

2. vr

1)

sich für Reparaturen/als Experte etc empféhlen — to offer one's services for repairs/as an expert etc

diese Ware empfiehlt sich von selbst — this product is its own recommendation

es empfiehlt sich, das zu tun — it is advisable to do that

2) (dated, hum = sich verabschieden) to take one's leave

ich empfehle mich! — I'll take my leave

ich empfehle mich Ihnen (am Briefende) — please be sure of my best wishes (dated form)

See:

→ französisch

* * *

1) (to praise: His ability was commended.) commend

2) (to advise: The doctor recommended a long holiday.) recommend

3) (to suggest as being particularly good, particularly suitable etc: He recommended her( to me) for the job.) recommend

* * *

emp·feh·len

< empfahl, empfohlen>

[ɛmˈpfe:lən]

I. vt

1. (vorschlagen)

▪ [jdm] etw \empfehlen to recommend sth to sb

▪ zu \empfehlen sein to be recommended

dieses Hotel ist zu \empfehlen this hotel is [to be] recommended

▪ jdm jdn [als etw] \empfehlen to recommend sb to sb [as sth]

ich empfehle Ihnen diese junge Dame [als neue Mitarbeiterin] I recommend this young lady to you [as a colleague]

▪ \empfehlen, etw zu tun to recommend [or advise] doing sth

▪ jdm \empfehlen, etw zu tun to recommend [or advise] sb to do sth

ich \empfehlen Ihnen, sofort zum Arzt zu gehen I recommend [or advise] you to go to the doctor at once

2. (veraltend geh: anvertrauen)

▪ jdn jdm \empfehlen to entrust sb to sb

er empfahl seine Kinder der Obhut seines Bruders he entrusted his children to the care of his brother

3.

▶ \empfehlen Sie mich/uns...! (geh) give my regards [or form convey my respects] to...!

bitte \empfehlen Sie mich Ihrer Frau Gemahlin! please give my regards to your wife

II. vr impers

▪ es empfiehlt sich, etw zu tun it is advisable to do sth

es empfiehlt sich immer, einen Experten hinzuzuziehen it is always a good idea to bring in an expert

III. vr

1. (sich anempfehlen)

▪ sich akk [jdm] als etw \empfehlen to recommend oneself [to sb] as sth

er empfahl sich uns als Experte für Autoreparaturen he offered us his services as an expert in car repairs

2. (geh o hum)

▪ sich akk \empfehlen to take one's leave

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

jemandem etwas/jemanden empfehlen — recommend something/somebody to somebody

etwas ist sehr zu empfehlen — something is to be highly recommended
2.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb

1) (geh.): (sich verabschieden und gehen) take one's leave

darf ich mich empfehlen? — may I take my leave?

2) (ratsam sein) be advisable

es empfiehlt sich,... zu... — it is advisable to...

3) (geh.): (sich als geeignet ausweisen)

sich [durch/wegen etwas] empfehlen — commend oneself/itself [because of something]

* * *

empfehlen; empfiehlt, empfahl, hat empfohlen

A. v/t

1. recommend (

als as;

für oder

zu for);

jemandem etwas (wärmstens) empfehlen (warmly) recommend sth to sb;

nicht zu empfehlen not to be recommended, not advisable;

… ist sehr zu empfehlen I can highly ( oder warmly) recommend …;

wir empfehlen regelmäßige Filterwechsel oder

den Filter regelmäßig zu wechseln the filter should be changed regularly, we advise ( oder recommend) changing the filter regularly

2. form:

empfehlen Sie mich Ihrer Frau etc give my regards to your wife etc

3. geh:

jemanden/etwas jemandes Obhut/Pflege empfehlen commend ( oder entrust) sb/entrust sth to sb’s care

B. v/r

1. Sache: recommend itself; Verfahren etc: suggest itself;

der Tee empfiehlt sich bei … the tea is recommended for …;

Qualität etc

empfiehlt sich selbst speaks for itself, needs no recommendation, is its own recommendation; unpers:

es empfiehlt sich zu (+inf) it is advisable to (+inf)

2. (seine Dienste anbieten) offer one’s services (

als as)

3. (weggehen) take one’s leave geh; beim Schlafengehen: retire, say goodnight;

ich empfehle mich! Abschiedsgruß: (I’ll say) goodbye!

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

jemandem etwas/jemanden empfehlen — recommend something/somebody to somebody

etwas ist sehr zu empfehlen — something is to be highly recommended
2.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb

1) (geh.): (sich verabschieden und gehen) take one's leave

darf ich mich empfehlen? — may I take my leave?

2) (ratsam sein) be advisable

es empfiehlt sich,... zu... — it is advisable to...

3) (geh.): (sich als geeignet ausweisen)

sich [durch/wegen etwas] empfehlen — commend oneself/itself [because of something]

* * *

v.

(§ p.,pp.: empfahl, empfohlen)

= to commend v.

to recommend v.

to suggest v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > empfehlen
60 ἐπί

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Good Shepherd (film) — The Good Shepherd Theatrical release poster Directed by Robert De Niro Produced by … Wikipedia
The Good, the Bad and the Queen — Paul Simonon, avec The Good The Bad And The Queen, au Levi s/FADER Fort d Austin (Texas) mars 2007 The Good, The Bad And The Queen (parfois abrégé TGTBTQ) est un groupe de rock alternatif anglais, dernier groupe du leader de Blur, Damon Albarn.… … Wikipédia en Français
Prayers for the Dead — • Catholic teaching regarding prayers for the dead is bound up inseparably with the doctrine of purgatory and the more general doctrine of the communion of the saints, which is an article of the Apostle s Creed Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight … Catholic encyclopedia
List of contestants from the UK national selection for the Eurovision Song Contest — Eurovision: Your Country Needs You is the most recent name of the BBC TV show broadcast annually to select Britain s entry into the Eurovision Song Contest. Shows of similar formats have previously gone under several other names, including… … Wikipedia
Complete list of downloadable songs for the Rock Band series — For Rock Band Track Packs, see List of Rock Band track packs. For Rock Band Network songs, see List of Rock Band Network songs. The Rock Band series of music video games supports downloadable songs for the Xbox 360, PlayStation 3, and Wii… … Wikipedia
Survivor Match for the Kinniku Throne — The Survivor Match for the Kinniku Throne was the final story arc of the manga/anime series Kinnikuman. Left out of the first Kinnikuman anime (1983 86), the second anime Kinnikuman: Kinniku Sei Ōi Sōdatsuhen (キン肉マン・キン肉星王位争奪編, Kinnikuman:… … Wikipedia
Roman Catholic Archdiocese for the Military Services, USA — The coat of arms of the Archdiocese for the Military Services The Roman Catholic Archdiocese for the Military Services, USA, provides the Roman Catholic Church s pastoral and spiritual services to those serving in the United States armed forces… … Wikipedia
The Sacrament of Penance — The Sacrament of Penance † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Church — The Church † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Republic (Plato) — The Republic Author(s) Plato … Wikipedia
The Last Puritan — The Last Puritan: A Memoir in the Form of a Novel was written by the American philosopher George Santayana. The novel is set largely in the fictional town of Great Falls, Connecticut; Boston; and England, in and around Oxford. It relates the life … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

for+the+good+of+one's+(own)+soul

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

for+the+good+of+one's+(own)+soul

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: